152
88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 FORD: ALL CAR LINES LINCOLN-MERCURY: ALL CAR LINES MERKUR: ALL CAR LINES LIGHT TRUCK: ALL LIGHT TRUCK LINES MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: ALL MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK LINES ISSUE: In some cases repairs are delayed because the necessary service parts are not available or are back-ordered. If the repair parts become available after the vehicle is out of warranty and there is no documentation established to indicate that the vehicle was in for service, warranty claims may be denied. ACTION: To prevent misunderstandings about delayed warranty repairs, use the following procedure to establish documentation. NOTE: DISTRICT OFFICE AUTHORIZATION IS REQUIRED TO SUBMIT CLAIM IF REPAIR CANNOT BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE VEHICLE WARRANTY PERIOD. For a single repair claim, hold claim until repair is completed. Enter the following statement in the Repair Description column: "Claim submission delay due to (use one) part not available or part back-ordered. Repair completed on (date) (mileage). For a multiple repair claim, submit claim for the completed repair. Then do the following: Prepare another claim form for the unfinished repair, using the same date of repair and mileage used on the first form. Hold the second form until repair is completed. Enter the reason for delay and submit. Some dealerships may choose to keep a log for delayed repairs. Warranty claims are prepared later when repairs are completed. Log information, claim preparation, and document support must follow all guidelines. Emergency Repair On A Visiting Owner Vehicle Or A 600 Or Higher Series Truck The dealership may have to purchase a part from an outside source in order to make an

Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    5

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988

FORD:ALL CAR LINES

LINCOLN-MERCURY:ALL CAR LINES

MERKUR:ALL CAR LINES

LIGHT TRUCK:ALL LIGHT TRUCK LINES

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:ALL MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK LINES

ISSUE:In some cases repairs are delayed because the necessary service parts are not available or are back-ordered. If the repair parts become available after the vehicle is out of warranty and there is no documentation established to indicate that the vehicle was in for service, warranty claims may be denied.

ACTION:To prevent misunderstandings about delayed warranty repairs, use the following procedure to establish documentation.

NOTE:DISTRICT OFFICE AUTHORIZATION IS REQUIRED TO SUBMIT CLAIM IF REPAIR CANNOT BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE VEHICLE WARRANTY PERIOD.

For a single repair claim, hold claim until repair is completed.

� Enter the following statement in the Repair Description column: "Claim submission delay due to(use one) part not available or part back-ordered. Repair completed on (date) (mileage).

For a multiple repair claim, submit claim for the completed repair. Then do the following:

� Prepare another claim form for the unfinished repair, using the same date of repair and mileageused on the first form.

� Hold the second form until repair is completed.

� Enter the reason for delay and submit.

Some dealerships may choose to keep a log for delayed repairs. Warranty claims are prepared later when repairs are completed. Log information, claim preparation, and document support must follow all guidelines.

Emergency Repair On A Visiting Owner Vehicle Or A 600 Or Higher Series Truck

� The dealership may have to purchase a part from an outside source in order to make an

Page 2: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

emergency repair on a visiting owner vehicle or a 600 or higher series truck.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 3: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1987 and prior C, L-SERIES

ISSUE:An inoperative automatic self-adjuster on Bendix Air Wedge brake systems may be caused by a loose fit between the adjusting nut cap, adjusting nut and overload spring.

ACTION:To correct this, install a new adjusting nut cap and boot assembly. Refer to the following service procedure.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Remove the wheel and tire assembly, hub and drum. If it is necessary to retract the shoes to remove the drum, either remove the covers from the holes in the backing plate or remove the dust shields and back off the starwheel of each adjusting screw.

2. Unhook the brake shoe from brake shoe return springs.

3. Remove the brake shoes from the torque spider.

4. Install the adjusting nut cap, (C5TZ-2A041-A). Refer to the appropriate Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual, Section 12-47.

NOTE:INSTALL A NEW BOOT ASSEMBLY (D0HZ-2B009-A). DO NOT REUSE THE ORIGINAL BOOT ASSEMBLY THAT WAS REMOVED.

5. Reinstall the brake shoes onto the torque spider.

6. Hook the brake shoe to the brake shoe return springs.

7. Install a new seal in the hub, install drum and hub, wheel and tire assembly.

8. Adjust the brakes by driving forward and applying the brakes.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ C5TZ-2A041-A ≥ Adjusting Nut Cap ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ D0HZ-2B009A ≥ Boot Assembly ≥ A ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø

Page 4: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 880121A ≥ ≥ 2.7 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 2A041 ≥ 01 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 5: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

TSB Article 88-1-22 has been superseded by Article 88-20-16.

Page 6: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 L-SERIES

ISSUE:The index contained in the L-Series Shop Manual, Section 22-12 for the 6.6L and 7.8L diesel engine has been revised to include information previously omitted.

ACTION:If service is required, refer to the Shop Manual Index (Figures 1 and 2).

NOTE:THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED TO UPDATE YOUR CURRENT SHOP MANUAL.

Page 7: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,
Page 8: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 9: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 B, F, L-SERIES, CARGO CF-SERIES

This article is being republished in its entirety to correct the service procedure outlined in TSB article 87-21-17 and the 1988 Truck Shop Manual, Section 22-12, "Cleaning Coolant From Lubrication System".

ISSUE:Engine coolant that has contaminated the engine lubrication system can be removed with a Ford authorized cleaning procedure.

ACTION:If service is required, clean the lubrication system using the following service procedure.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Find the source or cause of the contamination and correct it.

2. Drain all oil from the engine. Also remove the drain plug and drain the oil from the oil cooler.

3. Remove and throw away the oil filters and install new oil filters.

4. Mix 12.6 liters (13.3 quarts) of a commercially available cleaning solvent such as Butyl Cellosolve (Union Carbide) or Downol E-13 (Dow Chemical) or Glycol Ether E-B (Chem Central) or equivalent with 6.3 liters (6.6 quarts) of recommended engine oil and refill crankcase.

5. Run engine for 30 minutes at 1000-1200 RPM with no load.

CAUTION:WHEN DOING THIS PROCEDURE, CHECK OIL PRESSURE FREQUENTLY. MAKE SURE OIL PRESSURE DOES NOT FALL BELOW 15 PSI (103 kPa).

6. Drain all oil from the engine. Also remove the drain plug and drain the oil from the oil cooler.

7. Remove and throw away the oil filters and install new oil filters.

8. Mix another 12.6 liters (13.3 quarts) of cleaning solvent used in Step 4 with 6.3 liters (6.6 quarts) of recommended engine oil and refill crankcase.

9. Run engine for 30 minutes at 1000-1200 RPM with no load.

CAUTION:WHEN DOING THIS PROCEDURE, CHECK OIL PRESSURE FREQUENTLY. MAKE SURE OIL PRESSURE DOES NOT FALL BELOW 15 PSI (103 kPa).

10. Drain all oil from the engine. Also remove the drain plug and drain the oil from the oil cooler.

11. Remove and throw away the oil filters and install new oil filters.

12. Refill the crankcase with the recommended engine oil.

Page 10: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

NOTE:THIS OIL WILL BE USED TO FLUSH THE SOLVENT FROM THE LUBRICATION SYSTEM.

13. Run engine for 30 minutes at 1000-1200 RPM with no load.

CAUTION:WHEN DOING THIS PROCEDURE, CHECK OIL PRESSURE FREQUENTLY. MAKE SURE OIL PRESSURE DOES NOT FALL BELOW 15 PSI (103 kPa).

14. Drain all oil from the engine. Also remove the drain plug and drain the oil from the oil cooler.

15. Install new oil filters and fill the crankcase with the recommended engine oil.

SUPERSEDES: 87-21-17

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 11: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-2, Publication Date: JANUARY 20, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-87 CARGO CF-6000/7000

ISSUE:An accelerator pedal that comes loose from the accelerator linkage during a wide open throttle demand may be caused by an accelerator linkage retaining clip that has inadequate retention qualities.

ACTION:To correct this, install a second accelerator linkage retaining clip using the following service procedure.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Reassemble the accelerator linkage using the existing accelerator linkage retaining clip.

2. Install a second accelerator linkage retaining clip, E6HZ-9D726-A, over the existing retaining clip, Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-2-16

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E6HZ-9D726-A ≥ Accelerator Linkage Retaining Clip ≥ CQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 12: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 880216A ≥ ≥ 0.4 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 9D726 ≥ 63 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 13: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-3, Publication Date: FEBRUARY 2, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-87 CARGO CF-6000/7000

ISSUE:An oil pressure gauge that indicates a low reading at engine idle may be caused by an oil pressure sender and oil pressure gauge that are not compatible. The new oil pressure sender and oil pressure gauge indicate a more accurate oil pressure reading at engine idle.

ACTION:To correct this, install a new oil pressure sender and oil pressure gauge. Refer to the Cargo Shop Manual, Section 33-32-1 for detailed service procedures.

NOTE:SOME VEHICLES MAY ALREADY HAVE THE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE INSTALLED AND WILL ONLY REQUIRE A NEW OIL PRESSURE SENDER. IF THE VEHICLE HAS AN OIL PRESSURE GAUGE WITH ENGINEERING PART NUMBER 85HU-9273-C, DO NOT REPLACE IT.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E7HZ-9278-D ≥ Oil Pressure Sender ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-9273-D ≥ Oil Pressure Gauge ≥ CQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 880315A ≥ Replace sender only ≥ 0.3 Hr. ≥ ≥ 880315B ≥ Replace sender and gauge ≥ 0.8 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 9278 ≥ 09 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 14: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-3, Publication Date: FEBRUARY 2, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior F, B, C, L, CL, CF SERIES

ISSUE:A new axle bushing service kit is available to replace the Garlock bushings offered as DSO on Ford 12K and 16-20K front axles. This new service kit may be used to service Rockwell "Easy Steer" bushings on Ford axles.

ACTION:If service is required, use the new bushing service kit, model PT-4370 offered by Kent-Moore Heavy Duty Division. The bushing kit can be ordered directly from the manufacturer at the following address:

Kent-Moore Heavy Duty Division

Sealed Power Corporation

29784 Little Mack

Roseville, Michigan 48066-2298

U.S. and Canada Toll-Free Telephone Number: 1-800-345-2233

NOTE:SUPPLEMENTAL HARDWARE TO SERVICE 9K FRONT AXLES EQUIPPED WITH ROCKWELL "EASY STEER" BUSHINGS IS ALSO AVAILABLE THROUGH KENT-MOORE HEAVY DUTY DIVISION.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 15: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-4, Publication Date: FEBRUARY 17, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1984-87 L, LL, LN, LS, LT, LNT, LTL, LTS-SERIES

ISSUE:Air conditioning systems on vehicles with DSO Sleeper A/C have a tee fitting located in the low pressure suction tube and hose assembly which cause the compressor lubrication oil to become trapped in the sleeper low pressure suction tube. This only occurs when the sleeper A/C unit is in the "OFF" mode while the driver A/C system is operating. The trapped lubrication oil will reduce the life of the compressor.

ACTION:To correct this, install a new design low pressure suction tube and hose assembly between the cab evaporator and compressor, Figure 1. The new service part has a redesigned tee that prevents lubrication oil from becoming trapped in the assembly. Vehicles with the old design level DSO Sleeper A/C may be updated. Refer to the following low pressure suction tube and hose assembly application chart.

Figure 1 - Article 88-4-19

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ LOW PRESSURE SUCTION TUBE AND HOSE APPLICATION CHART ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ Models ≥ NTC Engine ≥ CAT 3406 Engine ≥ CAT 3406 (Air ≥ L10 ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ to Air) ≥ ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ LL, LTL ≥ E8HS-19867-FA ≥ E8HS-19867-EA ≥ E8HS-19867-HA* ≥ - ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ L, LS, ≥ E8HS-19867-JA* ≥ E8HS-19867-DA* ≥ - ≥ E8HS-19867-LA* ≥ ≥ LT, LTS ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥

Page 16: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

≥ LN, LNT ≥ E8HS-19867-NA* ≥ - ≥ - ≥ E8HS-19867-MA* ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

* Order normal DSO.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E8HS-19867-EA ≥ Tube and Hose Assembly ≥ CG ≥ ≥ E8HS-19867-FA ≥ Tube and Hose Assembly ≥ CG ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 880419A ≥ ≥ 1.2 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 19867 ≥ 85 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 17: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-4, Publication Date: FEBRUARY 17, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1984-88 F, B, C, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Oil consumption will vary with the way the vehicle is driven and the conditions under which the vehicle is operated. Compared to passenger car engines, a truck engine has a higher block hardness so a longer "break-in" period may be required for ideal piston ring to cylinder bore seating.

ACTION:If the oil consumption rate exceeds the normal usage as indicated in the following oil consumption usage chart, refer to the following diagnostic procedure to determine if new valve stem seals are required.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OIL CONSUMPTION USAGE CHART ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ Engine ≥ Hours Per ≥ Distance Per ≥ Distance Per ≥ ≥ ≥ U.S. Quart ≥ U.S. Quart ≥ Liter ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 6.1L, 7.0L ≥ 15 ≥ 500 Miles ≥ 850 Kilometers ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1. Correct any engine oil leaks as required.

2. Remove the existing PCV valve grommet.

3. Install a new oil fill cap assembly (E5UZ-6766-A) and a new PCV valve grommet (E6TZ-6A892-C) in the oil fill cap opening.

4. Remove and throw away existing PCV valve hose.

5. Obtain 3/8" bulk hose from service stock and cut an appropriate length to replace the old PCV hose.

6. Insert the new PCV hose into the new PCV valve grommet.

7. With the engine at normal operating temperature, torque the intake manifold bolts to 22-32 lbs-ft (30-43 N-m). Refer to Figure 1 for the correct tightening sequence.

Page 18: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-4-20

NOTE:TORQUING THE INTAKE MANIFOLD BOLTS ELIMINATES THE POSSIBILITY OF AN INTERNAL GASKET LEAK AT THE INTAKE PORTS.

8. Make sure the engine oil dipstick reading agrees with the correct amount of oil in the engine. If it does not, re-mark the dipstick to indicate the correct oil fill.

9. Return vehicle to the customer. Have the customer accumulate 1000 miles and then re-evaluate oil consumption concern.

10. If the oil consumption rate is still excessive after performing Steps 1 through 9, install new guide mounted valve stem seals on both the intake and exhaust valve guides. Refer to the appropriate Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual, Volume E for detailed service information.

NOTE:THE SERVICE VALVE GUIDE SEALS ARE ONLY AVAILABLE FOR STANDARD DIAMETER VALVE STEMS. IN THE EVENT AN OVERSIZED VALVE STEM IS FOUND, THE VALVE STEM WILL HAVE TO BE RESTORED TO THE STANDARD SIZE BY INSTALLING A VALVE GUIDE INSERT.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E5UZ-6766-A ≥ Oil Fill Cap ≥ AM ≥ ≥ E6TZ-6A892-C ≥ Grommet ≥ B ≥ ≥ E7HZ-6571-B ≥ Intake Valve Guide Seal - Package of 8 ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-6571-E ≥ Exhaust Valve Guide Seal - Package of 8 ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: 85-3-21, 80-15-5

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage, Powertrain Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥

Page 19: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

√ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 880420A ≥ Steps 1 through 8 ≥ 1.3 Hrs. ≥ ≥ 880420B ≥ Steps 1 through 9 ≥ 4.8 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 6571 ≥ 40 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 20: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-5, Publication Date: MARCH 2, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior L-SERIES

ISSUE:The torque specification for the adjustable steering column guide pin nut as published in the L-Series Shop Manual, Section 13-07-9, Step 6 has been revised.

ACTION:If service is required, torque the adjustable steering column guide pin nut to 13-16 lbs-ft (18-22 N-m), Figure 1. This information should be inserted in your L-Series Shop Manual, Section 13-07-9, Step 6.

Figure 1 - Article 88-5-18

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 21: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-5, Publication Date: MARCH 2, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 CARGO CF-6000/8000

ISSUE:The cooling system on the 1988 Cargo does not require the addition of a rust inhibitor as in previous model year applications. The 1988 model year vehicles have a new coolant filter conditioner as part of the cooling system.

ACTION:If maintenance service is required for the coolant or coolant filter conditioner, use the following service information.

� At 12,000 miles (19,000 kilometers) or 300 engine hours, replace the coolant filter conditioner with Ford Coolant Conditioner Filter (E7HZ-8A424-B) that contains two (2) DCA units of conditioner.

� If coolant is replaced, replace the coolant conditioner filter with Ford Coolant Conditioner Filter (E7HZ-8A424-A) that contains six (6) DCA units of conditioner.

NOTE:IF FORD COOLANT CONDITIONER FILTER E7HZ-8A424-A IS NOT AVAILABLE WHEN THE COOLANT IS REPLACED, USE COOLANT CONDITIONER FILTER E7HZ-8A424-B AND ADD ONE PINT OF MOTORCRAFT FW-15 COOLING SYSTEM ADDITIVE.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 22: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-5, Publication Date: MARCH 2, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior LTL-9000 SERIES

ISSUE:Coolant leaks at the bottom radiator core tubes near the header on "MODINE" bolted tank radiators may be repaired using an authorized Ford service procedure.

ACTION:If service is required, use the following Ford authorized service procedure to repair the coolant leak.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Remove the radiator from the vehicle. Refer to the L-Series Shop Manual, Section 27-04-2 for service details.

2. Steam clean the radiator.

3. Tack weld the bottom end bolting bars to the lower side structure. This will hold them in the correct position after disassembling the radiator, Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-5-20

4. Locate crack in tube.

5. Clean paint, dirt and grease from tubes, fins and header area to be repaired.

6. Prepare a 20 gauge (.032) brass clip about 1" wide and 1.25" long. Pre-tin side of clip going against tube. Form into a U-shape to fit snug on the tube.

7. Unsolder fins in order to insert the clip onto the tube.

Page 23: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

8. Install the clip over the tube and center it on the crack.

9. Apply flux and solder clip to tube. Add solder along the edges of the clip.

10. Resolder fins to tubes.

11. Flush repaired area to remove all remaining flux.

12. Leak test the radiator by placing radiator in water and applying air.

13. Weld bottom end bolting bars securely to the lower side structure, Figure 1.

14. Paint repaired areas.

15. Reinstall radiator into the vehicle and leak test.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 24: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-6, Publication Date: MARCH 16, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 CARGO CF-SERIES

ISSUE:An inoperative cigar lighter caused by either the cigar lighter element or the cigar lighter socket requires replacement of the complete cigar lighter assembly. The cigar lighters used in Cargo vehicles have the resistor heating time adjusted for each individual cigar lighter assembly.

ACTION:If service is required, install a new cigar lighter assembly. Refer to the Cargo Shop Manual, Section 35-40-2 for detailed service information.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E6HZ-15A055-A ≥ Cigar Lighter Assembly ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 880624A ≥ ≥ 0.3 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 15055 ≥ 46 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 25: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

TSB Article 88-6-25 has been superseded by Article 90-24-13.

Page 26: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-6, Publication Date: MARCH 16, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior L-8000

ISSUE:Coolant discharge from the radiator coolant recovery system during vehicle operation may be caused by the design of the radiator filler neck. The filler neck allows the coolant to seep from the radiator filler opening to the coolant recovery reervoir tube. The discharge can occur even when the coolant level in the radiator is below the filler opening.

ACTION:To correct this, modify the radiator by instaling an extension on the radiator filler neck that will direct the coolant away from the filler opening during the de-aeration process. Refer to the following service procedure.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Remove the filler neck from the radiator tank.

CAUTION:DO NOT HEAT THE RADIATOR SIDE TANK TOO MUCH OR THE SOLDER JOINT FOR THE TANK-TO-HEADER MAY WEAKEN.

2. Clean off solder, dirt, grease or any other type of contamination from the bottom of the filler neck.

3. Obtain a thin walled copper pipe with an outside diameter of 1-3/16" that is 1.5" in length.

4. Butt the copper pipe to the bottom of the original filler neck and silver solder the joint, Figure 1.

Page 27: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-6-26

5. Drill a 1/8" hole under the silver solder bead made in Step 4, Figure 1.

NOTE:THE HOLE WILL WORK AS A VENT WHEN ADDING COOLANT AND ALLOW THE COOLING SYSTEM TO BE AS FULL AS POSSIBLE.

6. Clean off solder, dirt, grease or any other type of contamination from the radiator side tank where the filler neck was removed.

7. Soft solder the copper pipe and filler neck assembly back onto the radiator side tank.

8. Paint the repaired area.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 880626A ≥ ≥ 1.2 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥

Page 28: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

≥ 8005 ≥ 45 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 29: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-6, Publication Date: MARCH 16, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior F, B, C, L, CF-SERIES

ISSUE:A pair of new design spanner wrenches have been made available to service all Lipe pull type clutches and Borg Warner pull type clutches. This type of clutch is used with the RT-6610 and RT-6613 non-synchronized transmission with clutch brakes.

ACTION:If service is required, adjust the clutches with the new design spanner wrenches, tool number D88T-7550-A.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 30: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-6, Publication Date: MARCH 16, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 CF-SERIES1987-88 F, B, L-SERIES

ISSUE:The fuel shutoff solenoid used on the 6.6L and 7.8L Ford diesel engines may be diagnosed for electrical or mechanical faults by using an authorized Ford service procedure.

ACTION:If service is required, use the following diagnostic procedure to determine if the fuel shutoff solenoid requires replacement.

PRELIMINARY CHECKS

1. Place the transmission in NEUTRAL or PARK.

2. Set the parking brake.

3. Make sure the battery voltage is at least 12 volts.

4. Make sure the fuel shutoff solenoid fuse is okay.

5. Make sure the fuel shutoff solenoid plunger and control lever does not bind or stick when connected or disconnected.

6. Check the fuel shutoff solenoid adjustment. If an adjustment is made, start the engine and check the fuel shutoff solenoid for proper operation.

7. Make sure the connections between the fuel shutoff solenoid and harness are not corroded and have a good positive connection.

SOLENOID CHECKS

1. Remove the electrical connector from the fuel shutoff solenoid.

NOTE:1986 CARGO VEHICLES HAVE EYELET TYPE CONNECTORS.

2. Measure the resistance between the "PULL" and "GROUND" terminals of the fuel shutoff solenoid, Figure 1. If the resistance is not between .18 to .22 ohms, replace the fuel shutoff solenoid.

Page 31: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-6-28

NOTE:THE 1986 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WITH THE EYELET TYPE CONNECTORS DO NOT HAVE A GROUND TERMINAL. THE METAL HOUSING OF THE FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID MUST BE USED AS THE GROUND.

3. Measure the resistance between the "HOLD" and "GROUND" terminals of the fuel shutoff solenoid, Figure 1. If the resistance is not between 13.5 to 16.5 ohms, replace the fuel shutoff solenoid.

NOTE:THE 1986 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WITH THE EYELET TYPE CONNECTORS DO NOT HAVE A GROUND TERMINAL. THE METAL HOUSING OF THE FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID MUST BE USED AS THE GROUND.

4. If the fuel shutoff solenoid was replaced per Step 2 or 3, re-test the new fuel shutoff solenoid by performing Steps 2 and 3 once again.

ELECTRICAL FEED CHECKS

1. Attach the positive lead of a voltmeter to the "PULL" terminal and the negative lead to the "GROUND" terminal of the fuel shutoff solenoid wire harness.

NOTE:THE 1986 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WITH THE EYELET TYPE CONNECTORS DO NOT HAVE A GROUND TERMINAL. THE METAL HOUSING OF THE FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID MUST BE USED AS THE GROUND.

CAUTION:MAKE SURE THAT EXPOSED WIRING IS PROTECTED FROM SHORTING TO GROUND AND THAT WIRING IS POSITIONED AWAY FROM ANY MOVING PARTS.

Page 32: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

2. Crank the engine over while watching the voltmeter reading. If less than 9 volts is observed, a chassis electrical feed problem is present.

NOTE:DO NOT CRANK THE ENGINE OVER MORE THAN 30 SECONDS. ALLOW THE STARTER TO COOL ONE (1) TO TWO (2) MINUTES BEFORE CRANKING AGAIN.

3. Connect the positive lead of the voltmeter to the "HOLD" terminal of the fuel shutoff solenoid and leave the negative lead attached to the "GROUND" terminal.

4. Position the ignition switch to "RUN" and read the voltmeter. If less than 9 volts is observed, a chassis electrical feed problem is present.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 33: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-7, Publication Date: MARCH 30, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 CARGO CF-SERIES1987-88 F, B, L-SERIES

ISSUE:The piston ring installation procedure for the 6.6L and 7.8L Ford diesel engine is incorrect as published in the 1986 through 1988 Shop Manuals. The affected Shop Manuals are:

� 1986-87 Cargo Shop Manual, Section 22-11-72

� 1988 Cargo Shop Manual, Section 22-12-74

� 1987 L-Series Shop Manual, Section 22-12-85

� 1987 Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual, Volume E, Section 22-12-71

� 1988 Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual, Volume E, Section 22-12-79

� 1988 L-Series Shop Manual, Section 22-12-74

ACTION:If service is required, use the following information for piston ring installation or refer to the installation instructions packaged with the service replacement piston rings. This information should be inserted in your Truck Shop Manuals.

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY (Continued)

Figure 1 - Article 88-7-20

NOTE:WHEN INSTALLING THE PISTON RINGS, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT A PISTON RING

Page 34: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

EXPANDER BE USED. THIS TOOL WILL PREVENT OVER-EXPANSION OF THE RING, AND WILL EXPAND THE RING TO A TRUE CIRCLE TO AVOID DISTORTION.

3. The rings supplied in Service Ring Kits differ from the standard size rings used in production. Because of the differences, the following points should be noted when installing new sets of rings, whether they are standard or oversized.

PRODUCTION PISTON RING INSTALLATION:

PRODUCTION PISTON RING SET - Consists of:

� Compression Rings

� Oil Control Ring

� Oil Control Ring Expander (Coiled)

Top Compression Ring

Bright chrome finish, "Keystone" ring.

2nd Compression Ring

Bright chrome finish, step on inside diameter. Assemble with step facing down.

Oil Control Ring

Install either way upward with slotted expander behind ring.

Figure 2 - Article 88-7-20

SERVICE PISTON RING INSTALLATION:

SERVICE TYPE SET - Consists of:

� Compression Rings

� Oil Control Ring

� Oil Control Ring Expander (Coiled)

Top Compression Ring

Bright chrome finish, "Keystone" ring. The top compression ring is marked "Top" on one side. This side must go up.

Page 35: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

2nd Compression Ring

Bright chrome finish, step on inside diameter. Assemble with step facing down, in the second piston groove. This ring is also marked "Top" on the side that goes up.

Oil Control Ring

Install the oil control ring in the bottom groove as follows:

Open the coil spiral spring at the guide pin. Place the coiled spring in the oil groove of the ring, inserting the guide pin into the open end of the coil. Close until the spring ends butt.

Install the cast iron ring either way up, with the inside groove of the ring over the coiled spring, placing the ring gap opposite the coil spring ends.

4. Space the rings on the piston as follows:

Coil-Type Expander

Position gap in line with piston dome identification mark.

Oil Control Ring

Position gap 180° from piston dome identification mark.

2nd Compression Ring

Position gap 90° from oil control ring gap.

ITALICS Indicates Revised Information

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 36: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-9, Publication Date: APRIL 27, 1988

FORD:1987-89 ALL CAR LINES

LINCOLN-MERCURY:1987-89 ALL CAR LINES

MERKUR:1987-89 ALL CAR LINES

LIGHT TRUCK:1987-89 ALL LIGHT TRUCK LINES

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1987-89 ALL MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK LINES

ISSUE:New vehicles that are stored for extended periods and not put into service shortly after they are built require special maintenance to make sure that the vehicle stays in "like new" condition.

ACTION:If a vehicle is expected to remain in dealer stock for an extended time period, refer to the following maintenance procedures.

The dealer is responsible for storing new vehicles and maintaining them in new condition.

General

� Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated place; protect from sunlight if possible.

� If vehicles are stored outside, they require regular maintenance against rust and damage.

Body

� Wash vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt, grease, oil, tar, or mud from exterior surfaces, rear wheel housing, and underside of front fenders.

� Periodically wash cars and trucks stored in exposed locations.

� Touch-up exposed raw or primed metal to prevent rust.

� Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when the vehicle is washed.

� Lubricate all hood, door, and trunk lid hinges and latches with a light grade oil.

CAUTION:KEEP ALL RUBBER PARTS FREE FROM OIL AND SOLVENTS.

Page 37: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

� Cover interior soft trim to prevent fading.

Engine

� Start engine every fifteen (15) days. Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature.

� Shift the transmission into all gears while engine is running.

Fuel System

� Regularly move vehicles short distances to mix fuel anti-oxidation agents.

NOTE:DURING EXTENDED PERIODS OF VEHICLE STORAGE (60 DAYS OR MORE), GASOLINE MAY DETERIORATE DUE TO OXIDATION. THIS CAN DAMAGE RUBBER AND OTHER POLYMERS IN THE FUEL SYSTEM SUCH AS CARBURETOR ACCELERATOR PUMP, DIAPHRAGMS, AND CARBURETOR INLET VALVES. IT MAY ALSO CLOG SMALL ORIFICES. DIESEL FUEL DETERIORATION IN THE FORM OF FUEL SEPARATION, SLUDGE FORMATION, AND BACTERIAL GROWTH CAN CAUSE RESTRICTIONS IN FUEL SUPPLY LINES, FILTERS, AND STICKING OF FUEL INJECTION COMPONENTS.

A commercially available gasoline fuel stabilizer ("STA-BIL" or equivalent) should be added to gasoline-powered vehicles or a diesel fuel stabilizer ("Fire Prep 1000" or equivalent) to diesel-powered vehicles whenever actual or expected storage periods exceed 60 days. The manufacturer's instructions packaged with the product should be followed. The vehicle should then be operated at an idle speed to circulate the additive throughout the fuel system.

A volatile, corrosion inhibitor ("NOX Rust VCI 105" or equivalent) added to the fuel will protect the fuel tank inner surface from corrosion. Follow instructions packaged with product.

Cooling System

� Protect against freezing temperatures.

Battery

� Check and recharge as necessary. Keep connections clean and covered with a light coat of grease.

Brakes

� Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released.

Tires

� Maintain recommended air pressure.

Miscellaneous

� Make sure all linkages, cables, levers, and clevis pins under vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust.

� Move trucks at least 25 feet every fifteen (15) days to lubricate working parts to prevent corrosion.

Page 38: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

NOTE:THE SELLING DEALER MUST ARRANGE TO HAVE VEHICLES, WHICH ARE DELIVERED TO BODY COMPANIES OR OTHER LOCATIONS, STORED AND MAINTAINED AS OUTLINED ABOVE.

SUPERSEDES: 87-13-15

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 39: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-9, Publication Date: APRIL 27, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior F, B, C, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Rockwell "Easy-Steer" king pin bushings, offered as a DSO item on Ford 12,000 lb. front axles may be serviced with one of the new king pin bushing kits now available. These new king pin bushing kits may also be used to reduce friction on king pin bushings used on standard (RPO) 12,000 lb. front axle.

ACTION:If service is required, use one of the following new king pin bushing kits. Refer to the Easy-Steer King Pin application chart for the correct service part kit.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ EASY STEER KING PIN APPLICATION CHART ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ Part Number ≥ Axle Description ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ D6HZ-3111-C ≥ 12K Steel Front Axle ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ D8HZ-3111-C ≥ 12K Aluminum Front Axle ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ D6HZ-3111-C ≥ King Pin Bushing Kit ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ D8HZ-3111-C ≥ King Pin Bushing Kit ≥ CQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 40: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-9, Publication Date: APRIL 27, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 CF-SERIES1987-88 F, B, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Inoperative engine block heater elements may be caused by an incorrectly installed heater element or incorrect operation of the engine block heater element system.

ACTION:In the event a heater element is replaced, position the element in the engine block as shown in Figure 2. In addition, the engine block heater element system should be unplugged from its outside current source before starting the engine.

Figure 2 - Article 88-9-16

NOTE:TWO DIFFERENT TYPES OF BLOCK HEATER ARE USED IN THE FORD DIESEL ENGINES. THE HEATER ELEMENTS AND THEIR WIRE HARNESSES ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE.

Heater element (E7HZ-6A051-B) can be identified by the four (4) alignment lugs on the outer circumference as shown in Figure 1. It requires wire harness (E7HZ-6B018-A). Heater element (E7HZ-6A051-C) has an alignment surface that extends around the entire circumference of the brass body

Page 41: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

as shown in Figure 1. It requires wire harness (E7HZ-6B018-B).

Figure 1 - Article 88-9-16

The block heater element must be positioned in the cylinder block core hole so that the connector is at the 12 o'clock position, Figure 2.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E7HZ-6A051-B ≥ Heater Element ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-6A051-C ≥ Heater Element ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-6B018-A ≥ Wire Harness ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-6B018-B ≥ Wire Harness ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 42: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

TSB Article 88-9-17 has been superseded by Article 89-20-17.

Page 43: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-10, Publication Date: MAY 11, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1970-87 LS, LTS-SERIES

SERVICE PROCEDURE

ISSUE:Cracks appearing around the hood hinge mounting area may be caused by insufficient reinforcement of these areas. The hood tends to vibrate under various road conditions, stressing the areas and results in cracking.

ACTION:To correct this, install hood hinge reinforcements using the following service procedure.

1. Set up a bench or table large enough to rest the hood on.

2. Remove the electrical wiring from the hood.

3. Remove the support cables from the hood, Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-10-11

Page 44: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

NOTE:REPLACE THE JUNCTION BLOCK ASSEMBLY (DOHZ-14448-A) IF STUDS ARE BROKEN WHILE REMOVING THE ELECTRICAL WIRING.

4. Mark the hinge location and unbolt the hinges from the hood (4 bolts each side).

5. Pull the vehicle away from the hood about four (4) feet to allow enough room for the work to be done.

6. Clamp back both splash shields.

7. Inspect fiberglass in the hood hinge area for damage. Repair as required.

8. Remove fiberglass elbow by cutting with a saw, Figure 2. Grind flush as required.

Figure 2 - Article 88-10-11

NOTE:REMOVE ALL EXCESS EPOXY FROM THE ORIGINAL LAY-UP TO ALLOW THE NEW HOOD HINGE REINFORCEMENT TO LAY FLAT. LIGHTLY SAND AND CLEAN THE AREA TO BE COVERED WITH NEW EPOXY.

9. Lay hood hinge reinforcement on the hood and drill the top hole No. 1 and inboard hole No. 2, Figure 3.

Page 45: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 3 - Article 88-10-11

CAUTION:DO NOT DRILL THROUGH THE FRONT OF THE HOOD.

10. Trace around the hood hinge reinforcement while it is on the hood, Figure 4. This will outline the area to be covered with epoxy.

Page 46: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 4 - Article 88-10-11

11. Remove the hood hinge reinforcement and apply epoxy to the area traced in Step 10.

NOTE:DO NOT ALLOW EPOXY TO GET INTO THE HOOD HINGE BOLT HOLES.

12. Place the hood hinge reinforcement over the epoxy and install rivets in the top hole No. 1 and inboard hole No. 2.

13. Drill the hole No. 3 about five (5) inches inboard from the inner bracket and another hole (No. 4) at the far end of the bracket, Figure 3.

CAUTION:DO NOT DRILL THROUGH THE FRONT OF THE HOOD.

14. Install rivets in the holes drilled in Step 13.

15. Move the vehicle up to the hood and assemble the hinge to the hood. The shim may not be required due to the additional thickness created by the new reinforcement.

16. Reinstall the hood and support cables. Adjust the hood and tighten all hood hinge bolts.

17. Open the hood and attach the electrical wiring.

18. Remove the clamps holding the splash shields. Retighten all bolts and close hood.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥

Page 47: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

√ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ DOHZ-14448-A ≥ Junction Block ≥ AM ≥ ≥ E7HZ-16A601-A ≥ Hood Hinge Reinforcement - Left ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-16A602-A ≥ Hood Hinge Reinforcement - Right ≥ CQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Obtain 1/4" x 1" steel rivets locally.

Order Epoxy from:

Ashland Chemical

Columbus, Ohio

Phone: 419-289-9588

Attn: A. Meyers

Kit No. 6622 Ply-O-Grip

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: 82-19-14

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881011A ≥ Both sides - Use "A" time to perform ≥ 2.8 Hrs. ≥ ≥ ≥ Step 7, if required. ≥ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 16612 ≥ 01 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 48: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-10, Publication Date: MAY 11, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-87 CF-6000/8000

ISSUE:An inoperative speedometer may be caused by a transmission mounted reducer adaptor that does not turn freely or separation between the reducer adaptor housing and the threads which the speedometer cable attaches to.

ACTION:To correct this, install a new reducer adaptor using the service procedure outlined in the Cargo Shop Manual, Section 33-02-2. Refer to the reducer adaptor application chart below for the correct service part.

Page 49: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-10-12

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E6HZ-17271-A ≥ Pencil Gear ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E6HZ-17271-B ≥ Pencil Gear ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-17322-C ≥ Pencil Gear ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-17322-D ≥ Pencil Gear ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-17322-E ≥ Pencil Gear ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E6HZ-17294-F ≥ Reducer Adaptor ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-17294-C ≥ Reducer Adaptor ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-17294-D ≥ Reducer Adaptor ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-17294-K ≥ Reducer Adaptor ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E8HZ-17294-A ≥ Reducer Adaptor ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E8HZ-17294-B ≥ Reducer Adaptor ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E8HZ-17294-G ≥ Reducer Adaptor ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ EOHZ-17294-BG ≥ Reducer Adaptor ≥ RQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 50: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: 87-10-23

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881012A ≥ ≥ 0.3 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 17294 ≥ 41 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 51: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-11, Publication Date: MAY 25, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986 L-9000

ISSUE:Erratic operation of the electronic speedometer or false speed readings displayed on the electronic speedometer may be caused by certain radio frequencies and power levels interfering with the speedometer circuitry.

ACTION:To correct this, install a new design speedometer that has improved circuitry to protect against radio frequency interference. Refer to the L- Series Shop Manual, Section 33-02 for removal and installation instructions,

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E6HZ-17255-J ≥ Speedometer ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881121A ≥ ≥ 0.5 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 17255 ≥ 09 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 52: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-11, Publication Date: MAY 25, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1987-88 CARGO

ISSUE:The clutch adjustment procedure for Cargo vehicles equipped with "Fuller RT-6610 or 6613" transmissions was omitted from the Cargo Shop Manual, Section 16-02. These vehicles have an adjustable release bearing that must be set to adjust the clutch gap.

ACTION:If service is required, use the following service procedure to adjust the release bearing.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Before installing the transmission, remove backlash from the release bearing and set the release bearing to a dimension of 00.47 to 0.049 in. (1.2 to 1.25mm), Figure 1. Adjustment is made using a pair of spanner wrenches (D88T-7550-A) available from Rotunda (OTC).

Page 53: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-11-22

NOTE:IF THE TRANSMISSION HAS ALREADY BEEN INSTALLED, ADJUST THE GAP BETWEEN THE REAR OF THE RELEASE BEARING AND CLUTCH BRAKE TO A DIMENSION OF 0.47 TO 0.49 IN. (12.0 TO 12.5 MM). MAKE SURE ALL THE BACKLASH IS REMOVED BEFORE MAKING ADJUSTMENT.

2. Adjust the pushrod length on the hydraulic slave cylinder until feeler gauges 00.47 to 0.049 in. (1.2 to 1.25 mm) fit between the release fork and the release bearing carrier, Figure 1. This should result in a clutch pedal free travel of 0.58 to 0.75 in. (13.4 to 19.0 mm) at the center of the pedal pad.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 54: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-12, Publication Date: JUNE 9, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-87 CARGO CF-6000/70001987 F, B, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Poor performance of 6.6L and 7.8L Ford Diesel engines may be caused by a turbocharger assembly that is not operating correctly. The turbocharger housing bolts that clamp the turbocharger cast iron turbine housing to the center housing rotating assembly may break. The affected turbochargers can be identified by serial numbers containing a plant code "E" and prefix "PC" through "PL" or "QA" through "QC". Example serial number: PG (prefix) 0423 E (plant code).

ACTION:To correct this, install a new turbocharger assembly. DO NOT attempt to repair the broken turbocharger. Refer to the following turbocharger application chart for the correct service part number and Figure 1 for housing bolt locations.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ TURBOCHARGER APPLICATION CHART ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ Model ≥ Application ≥ Engine/Horsepower ≥ Service Part ≥ ≥ Year ≥ ≥ ≥ Number ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 1986 ≥ Cargo ≥ 6.6L All ≥ E6HZ-6K682-A ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 1987 ≥ F, B, L-Series ≥ 6.6L 160 ≥ E7HZ-6K682-D ≥ ≥ ≥ and Cargo ≥ ≥ ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 1987 ≥ F, B, L-Series ≥ 6.6L 170 ≥ E7HZ-6K682-C ≥ ≥ ≥ and Cargo ≥ ≥ ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 1987 ≥ F, B, L-Series ≥ 6.6L 185/210 ≥ E7HZ-6K682-B ≥ ≥ ≥ and Cargo ≥ ≥ ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 1987 ≥ F, B, L-Series ≥ 6.6L 225/240 ≥ E7HZ-6K682-A ≥ ≥ ≥ and Cargo ≥ ≥ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 55: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-12-25

NOTE:THE COMPLETE TURBOCHARGER MUST BE RETURNED. PLEASE CALL ONE (1) OF THE FOLLOWING FORD NEW HOLLAND HOTLINE TELEPHONE NUMBERS FOR SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS AND TECHNICAL QUESTIONS.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ AREA ≥ HOTLINE ≥ ≥ ≥ TELEPHONE ≥ ≥ ≥ NUMBERS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ All States, but Michigan ≥ 1-800-241-0463 ≥ ≥ and Alaska ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ Michigan and Alaska Only ≥ (313) 637-0025 ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ Canada ≥ 1-800-628-3144 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E6HZ-6K682-A ≥ Turbocharger ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-6K682-A ≥ Turbocharger ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-6K682-B ≥ Turbocharger ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-6K682-C ≥ Turbocharger ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-6K682-D ≥ Turbocharger ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage, Powertrain Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881225A ≥ ≥ 1.0 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 56: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 6K682 ≥ 01 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 57: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-12, Publication Date: JUNE 9, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 CARGO CF-SERIES1987-88 F, B, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Hard restarting of 6.6L and 7.8L Ford Diesel engines if the vehicle runs out of fuel may be caused by air entering and becoming entrapped in fuel system components.

ACTION:If service is required, use the following procedure to purge the fuel system of air. This procedure supersedes all other procedures published in the 1986-88 Owner Guides. This new procedure will appear in the 1989 Owner Guides.

Restarting After Running Out Of Fuel (6.6L And 7.8L Ford Diesel Engines)

Restarting an engine that has run out of fuel may be difficult because after fuel is exhausted from the fuel tank, air may enter the fuel/water separator and fuel filters. The fuel supply then becomes insufficient to sustain engine firing. These assemblies must be refilled with fuel and the fuel lines purged of air before the system can provide adequate fuel to the injectors to start the engine.

Follow these steps in restarting a vehicle that has run out of fuel.

1. Fill the fuel tank with clean diesel fuel. If only partial filling of tank is possible, add a minimum of five (5) gallons of fuel to make sure that priming can be achieved and the engine can be run for a short time.

2. Purge the air from the fuel system as follows:

a. Unscrew the injection pump priming pump handle and stroke the hand primer until effort increases, then stroke it an additional 20 times (approximately 70 strokes total).

NOTE:IF THE PRIMING PUMP WILL NOT PUMP FUEL, THERE IS EITHER AN AIR LEAK IN THE SYSTEM OR THE PRIMING PUMP IS MALFUNCTIONING.

b. Open fuel filter bleed screw until fuel and air bubbles appear. Allow 1-1/2 to 2 minutes bleed time until air bubbles and fuel flow ceases and the fuel system has lost its pressure. During this period, air is "back flowing" from injection pump.

c. Close filter bleed screw.

CAUTION:CHECK BLEED SCREW AFTER ENGINE STARTS TO MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO FUEL LEAKS.

d. Stroke hand primer ten (10) times and screw priming pump handle back into lift pump.

3. Start engine and run as follows:

Page 58: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

a. Crank engine and, while cranking, depress accelerator pedal to floor.

b. Engine should start after 3 to 8 seconds of cranking. The engine will run rough for about 5-10 seconds and will either smooth out or stall.

NOTE:KEEP ACCELERATOR TO FLOOR WHILE THE ENGINE IS RUNNING ROUGH. AFTER THE ENGINE STARTS RUNNING SMOOTH, BACK OFF THROTTLE.

c. If stall occurs, up to 15 seconds of additional cranking may be required to restart engine without additional priming.

d. If engine does not start, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to remove additional air from fuel system and start engine.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 59: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-13, Publication Date: JUNE 22, 1988

FORD:ALL CAR LINES

LINCOLN-MERCURY:ALL CAR LINES

MERKUR:ALL CAR LINES

LIGHT TRUCK:ALL LIGHT TRUCK LINES

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:ALL MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK LINES

ISSUE:Electronic modules such as instrument clusters, powertrain controls and radios incorporate the latest technology. Some of the components used in these modules are sensitive to static electricity damage at voltage levels far below what the human body can sense. While a person cannot feel or hear the "snap" of a static discharge until the charge level is about 3000 volts, some of the electronic module components can be damaged or weakened by as little as 100 volts.

ACTION:If service is required, use the following safeguards to avoid static electrical damage.

NOTE:THE FOLLOWING CHART SHOWS TYPICAL VALUES FOR STATIC CHARGE GENERATION.

Figure 1 - Article 88-13-3

1. Leave the electronic modules in their original packaging until ready to install in vehicles.

2. Avoid touching module connector pins.

3. Avoid laying modules on nonconductive surfaces.

Page 60: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

4. As an added safeguard, use a 3M Static Protection Kit (3M part number 18293), Figure 2. This kit contains special wrist straps, a 15" x 24" flexible conductive mat, grounding cords and full instructions. It is available through local 3M Suppliers. Refers to the following 3M branch sales offices.

Figure 2 - Article 88-13-3

Page 61: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 3 - Article 88-13-3

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 62: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

TSB Article 88-13-13 has been superseded by Article 89-9-19.

Page 63: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-14, Publication Date: JULY 7, 1988

FORD:1984-88 ALL CAR LINES

LINCOLN-MERCURY:1984-88 ALL CAR LINES

MERKUR:1985-88 ALL CAR LINES

LIGHT TRUCK:1984-88 ALL LIGHT TRUCK LINES

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1984-88 ALL MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK LINES

ISSUE:Manual vent windows that are not opened very often may stick to the vent window weatherstrip making them hard to open. In some cases, the high opening efforts may cause the weatherstrip to pull out of the vent division bar.

ACTION:To correct this, apply "Krytox" oil to the vent window weatherstrip using the following service procedure.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Open the vent window all the way.

2. From inside of vehicle, apply "Krytox" oil on the weatherstrip sealing lips of vent window, Figure 1.

Page 64: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-14-1

3. From outside of vehicle, apply "Krytox" oil on the weatherstrip sealing lips of vent window, Figure 2.

Figure 2 - Article 88-14-1

4. Close and open vent window to make sure window operates correctly.

NOTE:CONTACT EXCEL INDUSTRIES, INC., TO ORDER "KRYTOX" OIL:

Page 65: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

(904) 286-8300 EXTENSION 305

REPRESENTATIVE: RACHEL FLYNN.

SUPERSEDES: 87-11-2

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881401A ≥ ≥ 0.3 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 7022296-Car ≥ 41 ≥ ≥ 7021448-Truck ≥ 41 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 66: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-14, Publication Date: JULY 7, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1984-88 F, B, C, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Boost fluid (DEXRON®-II) weepage at the back of the hydraulic parking brake relay valve (HR-1) may be the result of the valves' external vent. Besides the weepage, an occasional light thump or a kick may be felt in the brake pedal as the HR-1 valve cycles to maintain the parking brake system pressure. This is a normal condition as long as the cycling does not occur more than five (5) times per minute. The cycling can also be caused by leaks elsewhere in the system.

ACTION:To correct this, pressure check the parking brake system for leaks to determine if a new design HR-1 valve with an internal vent needs to be installed.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E8HZ-2A449-A ≥ HR-1 Valve ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881416A ≥ ≥ 0.9 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 2A449 ≥ 48 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 67: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-15, Publication Date: JULY 20, 1988

FORD:1988 and prior ALL CAR LINES

LINCOLN-MERCURY:1988 and prior ALL CAR LINES

MERKUR:1988 and prior ALL CAR LINES

LIGHT TRUCK:1988 and prior ALL LIGHT TRUCK LINES

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior ALL MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK LINES

ISSUE:The current safety belt replacement procedure as published in Ford service publications has been revised. In the event the vehicle has been in an accident, it is recommended that the safety belt system be checked for proper operation and replaced if necessary. The revised service information supersedes Section 5 of TSB Article 85-2-4 and all 1988 and prior vehicle Owner Guides. This new information should be added to the 1988 and prior model year Shop Manuals, Section 41-50, the Supplemental Air Bag Shop Manual, Section 41-58.

ACTION:If service is required, refer to the revised service information below. This information should be inserted in the 1988 and prior model year Shop Manuals, Section 41-50 and the Supplemental Air Bag Shop Manual, Section 41-58.

"ALL SAFETY BELT ASSEMBLIES INCLUDING RETRACTORS AND ATTACHING HARDWARE SHOULD BE INSPECTED AFTER ANY COLLISION. FORD RECOMMENDS THAT ALL SAFETY BELT ASSEMBLIES IN USE DURING A COLLISION BE REPLACED UNLESS THE COLLISION WAS MINOR AND A QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN FINDS THAT THE BELTS SHOW NO DAMAGE AND CONTINUE TO OPERATE PROPERLY. SAFETY BELT ASSEMBLIES NOT IN USE DURING A COLLISION SHOULD ALSO BE INSPECTED AND REPLACED IF EITHER DAMAGE OR IMPROPER OPERATION IS NOTED."

NOTE:SHOP MANUALS AND OWNERS GUIDES FOR THE ESCORT/LYNX, TEMPO/TOPAZ, AND THUNDERBIRD/COUGAR PASSIVE RESTRAINT-EQUIPPED VEHICLES CURRENTLY SHOW THE NEW INFORMATION. THE 1989 SHOP MANUALS ARE ALSO CORRECT.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: 85-2-4

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 68: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

TSB Article 88-15-10 has been superseded by Article 89-4-13.

Page 69: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-15, Publication Date: JULY 20, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1987 and prior L-SERIES

ISSUE:Inaccurate temperatures inside the truck cab may be caused by a sticking heater water valve or binding control cable. A new heater water valve with an improved double-spring seal, revised cables, thermostatic switch and control head are now available for use on past model year trucks.

ACTION:To correct this, use the L-Series Shop Manual, Section 36-27 and the following service procedure to determine if a new water control valve and control cable is required. Refer to the following service part application chart for the correct water valve and control cable part numbers.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Check the control cables for kinking or binding. Correct the kinking or binding condition if possible.

2. Adjust the existing location of the tab holding the cable down to make sure of smooth operation.

3. If sticking and binding is still present, install a new cable-control and new heater water valve. Also install a new thermostatic switch on A/C equipped trucks.

NOTE:THE CABLE CONTROL AND THE HEATER WATER VALVE MUST BE REPLACED AT THE SAME TIME BECAUSE THE OLD PARTS ARE NOT COMPATIBLE WITH THE NEW PARTS.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ SERVICE PART APPLICATION CHART ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ Heater ≥ Part Name ≥ Part Number ≥ ≥ Equipment ≥ ≥ ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ Heater Only ≥ Cable - Control (Heat) ≥ E4HZ-18518-A ≥ ≥ ≥ Heater Water Valve ≥ E7HZ-18495-A ≥ ≥ ≥ Bracket - Heater Temp. Cable ≥ E7HZ-18A677-A ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ Heater A/C ≥ Cable - Control (A/C) ≥ E7HZ-18518-A ≥ ≥ ≥ Heater Water Valve ≥ E7HZ-18495-A ≥ ≥ ≥ Thermostat Switch - A/C ≥ E7HZ-19618-A ≥ ≥ ≥ Bracket- Heater Temp. Cable ≥ E7HZ-18A677-A ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E4HZ-18518-A ≥ Cable - Control (Heat) ≥ AQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-18495-A ≥ Heater Water Valve ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-18518-A ≥ Cable - Control (A/C) ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-19618-A ≥ Thermostatic Switch - A/C ≥ B ≥

Page 70: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

≥ E7HZ-18A677-A ≥ Bracket- Heater Temp. Cable ≥ CQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881511A ≥ Inspect ≥ 0.4 Hr. ≥ ≥ 881511B ≥ Inspect and replace - Without A/C ≥ 1.5 Hrs. ≥ ≥ 881511B ≥ Inspect and replace - With A/C ≥ 1.8 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 18495 ≥ 41 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 71: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

TSB Article 88-15-12 has been superseded by Article 88-24-9.

Page 72: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-15, Publication Date: JULY 20, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior F, B, C, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Erratic readings indicated by the electronic speedometer may be caused by misalignment of the transmission rear bearing cap and transmission electronic speedometer signal gear.

ACTION:To correct this, install a signal gear kit that includes the rear bearing cap, seal and signal gear. Refer to the appropriate Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual, Section 16-42 for detailed service information.

NOTE:THE SPACERS (SNAP RINGS) ARE NOT REQUIRED WHEN THE NEW SIGNAL GEAR KIT IS USED, FIGURE 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-15-13

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E7HZ-7085-G ≥ Signal Gear Kit ≥ CQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

Page 73: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881513A ≥ ≥ 1.0 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 17285 ≥ 09 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 74: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-15, Publication Date: JULY 20, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1983-88 F, B, L, LTL, CL, CLT-SERIES

ISSUE:Loss of engine power, low turbocharger boost pressure and higher than normal exhaust temperature may be caused by a charge air cooler that leaks. Charge air coolers that have leaks caused by cracks can be welded by following a Ford recommended service procedure.

ACTION:To correct charge air cooler leaks, use the following Ford recommended service procedure to weld the charge air cooler, Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-15-14

Leak Diagnosis

1. Feel or listen for air leaking while the engine is revved to engage the turbocharger.

2. Mark the leak location.

Charge Air Cooler Removal

1. Do not damage the cooler fins or tubes.

Page 75: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

2. Cover the cooler inlet and outlet to prevent any foreign matter from entering the cooler.

3. Inspect the cooler to determine the extent of damage.

4. Look for two (2) types of cracks - tube cracks and/or tank weld cracks. Tube cracks will usually occur first in the corners of the core and will be seen where the tube goes into the tank. Visual inspection will usually suffice to find most tube cracks; however, a better way is to pressurize the cooler (30 PSI) and apply a liquid soap film to all the tank joints. If bubbles form, there is a tube crack present.

5. If tube cracks are found, replace the cooler. Refer to the Ford Parts Catalog for proper application. If the cooler is replaced on L and LTL Series trucks with "AD-TECH" plastic radiator tanks, note whether top and bottom support extrusions overlap the cooler tanks. If they don't overlap, install new long extrusions found in support kit E8HZ-8A297-D.

6. If there are no tube cracks, check for tank weld cracks. Tank weld cracks can usually be seen. However, a better way is to pressurize the cooler (30 PSI) and apply a liquid soap film to the tank to find the exact location and extent of the crack. If only tank weld cracks are found, proceed with the following procedure.

Surface Preparation

Clean all areas to be repaired. Make sure they are free of paint, oil, grease, water and other foreign matter.

Crack Preparation

1. Protect the cooler by covering the core with a steel sheet next to the tank for the full length of the crack. Be sure that the cooler inlet and outlet are covered.

2. Grind a 45° "V" groove about 1/8" (3 mm) deep along the entire length of the crack. Extend the groove one" past both ends of the crack.

3. Wire brush the "V" groove and remove all grinding debris.

Welding

1. Make sure the cooler core is still protected with a steel sheet and the inlet and outlet are covered.

2. The crack should be repaired by MIG or TIG welding to achieve proper penetration. Shielded metal arc welding can be used, but is not recommended because of excessive spattering due to poor arc stability and the corrosive nature of the residue left by the covered electrodes. Brazing or gas welding with an oxyacetylene torch is not recommended due to low heat input, poor penetration, and the corrosive nature of the flux residue.

CAUTION:WHEN DOING THE WELD REPAIR, THE WELDER GROUND MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE COOLER ITSELF, NOT THE WORKTABLE OR BENCH THE COOLER IS RESTING ON. THIS WILL PREVENT ARCING BETWEEN THE WORK SURFACE AND THE COOLER WHICH MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE CORE.

3. If MIG welding is used, use a minimum 3/64" (1.2 mm) diameter welding wire, aluminum alloy 4043 or equivalent to fill the "V" groove in one pass to make sure of proper weld penetration.

4. If TIG welding is used, use a minimum 3/32" (2.4 mm) diameter welding wire, aluminum alloy 4043 or equivalent to fill the "V" groove in one (1) pass to make sure of proper weld penetration.

Page 76: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Finishing and Installation

1. Wire brush the weld to remove weld spatter.

2. Clean the weld surface and surrounding area. Apply a coat of spray paint to match the rest of the cooler.

3. Clean out the inside of the cooler. Place the cooler vertically so the tank with the weld repair is at the bottom. Then, thoroughly flush the cooler with a high pressure water stream.

4. Half fill the cooler with water, shake and empty. Repeat this procedure until no more debris comes out of the cooler.

5. Allow the cooler to dry prior to installation.

6. Reinstall the repaired cooler in the vehicle taking care not to damage the core fins or tubes.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E8HZ-8A297-D ≥ Support Kit ≥ ZQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES:

≤ 88-9-17

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881514A ≥ Test and replace ≥ 2.1 Hrs. ≥ ≥ 881514B ≥ Test and repair ≥ 4.3 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 8061 ≥ 61 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 77: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-15, Publication Date: JULY 20, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior CARGO CF-6000/8000

ISSUE:Poor engine performance in ambient temperatures below 40° F (5° C) may be caused by a restricted fuel supply line. The inside diameter (0.313") of the current fuel supply line may not allow the fuel to flow properly.

ACTION:To correct this, install a new design fuel supply line that has a larger inside diameter (0.0406") to increase the flow of fuel.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ D5TZ-2269-C ≥ Fuel Supply Line - Bulk Hose ≥ C ≥ ≥ D5TZ-2B323-C ≥ Coupling ≥ C ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881515A ≥ ≥ 0.5 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 2C037 ≥ 55 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 78: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-16, Publication Date: AUGUST 3, 1988

FORD:ALL CAR LINES

LINCOLN-MERCURY:ALL CAR LINES

MERKUR:ALL CAR LINES

LIGHT TRUCK:ALL LIGHT TRUCK LINES

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:ALL MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK LINES

ISSUE:The new vehicle pre-delivery forms for 1989 model year vehicles have been developed. There are ten (10) different forms available dependent on vehicle application. Three new check points have been added to these forms.

The first new item, the "BATTERY OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE CHECK" requires the technician to use a digital voltmeter to check the state of battery charge. The procedure to do this is covered in the 1989 Pre-Delivery Shop Manual, Volume F.

The second item instructs the technician to check the Vehicle Emissions Control Information (VECI) decal to make sure the vehicle is approved for sale in the main area of use. Typical examples of main areas of use are 49 States, California and high altitude regions.

The last new item addresses tire pressure. The factory procedure for seating the tire bead to the rim of the wheel requires higher air pressure than that recommended for normal vehicle operation. For this reason, it is important to check the tires for proper air pressure. Tire air pressure specifications for Passenger Cars are located on a tire pressure decal on the passenger side "B" pillar. The Light Truck tire pressure information is located on the Safety Compliance Certification Label on the driver side "B" pillar. The tire air pressure specifications for Medium/Heavy Trucks are located in the Owner Guide.

NOTE:THE TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE INFORMATION LOCATED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL IS GENERALLY NOT THE RECOMMENDED PRESSURE.

ACTION:No corrective action is required.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 79: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-16, Publication Date: AUGUST 3, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-87 CF-6000/7000 CARGO

ISSUE:A broken and inoperative two speed rear axle shift button may be experienced when the shift lever is NOT in the neutral position an the cab is tilted to the open position or lowered to the closed position. The two speed shift button sticks out from the shift lever just enough to catch on the cab when the shift lever is left in gear.

ACTION:If service is required, install a new low profile two-speed shift button that will not catch on the cab if the shift lever is left in gear. Refer to the Cargo Shop Manual, Section 15-20.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E6HZ-4126-B ≥ Two-Speed Shift Button ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881617A ≥ ≥ 0.5 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 4126 ≥ 01 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 80: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-17, Publication Date: AUGUST 17, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1985 and prior L & CL 90001986 and prior F, C, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Service replacement cabs are provided from current Kentucky Truck Plant (KTP) production and are equipped with electronic speedometers. The cabs with electronic speedometers may be used on older model chassis that had mechanical (cable driven) speedometers if some modifications are made.

ACTION:If service replacement cabs are installed on older model chassis, use the following service procedure to make the electronic speedometer functional.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Obtain a "Mini Gen" magnet assembly speedometer (E7HZ-17B384-G) as used with the Allison automatic transmission.

2. Count the number of teeth on the speedometer drive and driven gears in the transmission.

3. Mount the "Mini Gen" magnet on the transmission at the cable speedometer drive. If worn, replace the speedometer drive and driven gears.

4. Perform the following calculation to determine the speedometer calibration switch settings.

a. Divide the number of teeth on the drive gear by the number of teeth on the driven gear.

b. Multiply the answer by 30, then by the rear axle ratio, then by the tire revolutions per mile (RPMI) and divide this number (the product) by 60.

Figure 1 - Article 88-17-12

c. Use this number (test frequency) with the information in TSB 88-6-25 to determine the switch settings.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES:

≤ 88-6-25

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 81: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,
Page 82: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-17, Publication Date: AUGUST 17, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 F, B, L-SERIES AND CARGO

ISSUE:An exhaust leak on a Medium/Heavy Truck with a Ford 6.6L or 7.8L diesel engine may be caused by the exhaust manifold assembly slip joint. The slip joint on the rear exhaust manifold may not fit snugly enough in the front exhaust manifold to provide a good seal.

ACTION:To correct this, apply a 1/2" wide bead of teflon pipe thread sealer on the mating surface of the front and rear exhaust manifold. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly from the vehicle.

2. Separate the front and rear exhaust manifolds.

3. Apply a 1/2" wide bead of teflon pipe thread sealer, (D8AZ-19554-A) about 1/4" in from the entrance of the front exhaust manifold, Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-17-13

Page 83: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

4. Insert the rear exhaust manifold into the front exhaust manifold.

5. Install the exhaust manifold assembly on the vehicle.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ D8AZ-19554-A ≥ Teflon Pipe Thread Sealer ≥ AG ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881713A ≥ ≥ 2.2 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 9430 ≥ 72 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 84: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-19, Publication Date: SEPTEMBER 15, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 CL-SERIES

ISSUE:Mounting pins for the charge air cooler may loosen and allow the cooling fan to contact the radiator. The welds holding the mounting pins to the charge air cooler tank can crack, allowing the pins to slide out of the rubber insulator. The weld is located on the inboard side of the mounting pin extension at the bottom of the cooler tank. They can be seen from the front of the vehicle just above the bumper.

ACTION:Inspect the pins for cracked welds to determine if 1/4" x 2-1/4" roll pin is required. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Remove the front bumper to allow access for inspecting the welds.

2. Inspect the pins for cracked welds.

3. If the pin weld is cracked, tap the pin back into position with a hammer.

4. Secure the pin with either method (A) or (B) to prevent it from moving, Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-19-7

Page 85: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

METHOD A

a. Drill a 1/4" x 2-3/8" hole through the center of the mounting pin and mounting pin boss.

b. Install a 1/4" x 2-1/4" spring roll pin in the hole drilled in Step a.

c. Retain the pin by peening (hammering).

METHOD B

a. Weld a 1/4" bead all the way around the mounting pin on the outboard side of the tank extension.

NOTE:AVOID WELD SPATTER. IF WELD SPATTER IS PRESENT, REMOVE IT.

5. Reinstall the front bumper.

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 881907 ≥ Use "M" Actual Time ≥ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 6K775 ≥ 01 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 86: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-19, Publication Date: SEPTEMBER 15, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1987 and prior LTL-9000

ISSUE:A "rattling" noise from the engine compartment may be caused by the power steering hose rubbing on the left-hand noise shield.

ACTION:Install a new left-hand noise shield which provides more clearance for the power steering hose. Refer to Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-19-8

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E8HZ-6776-B ≥ Noise Shield - Left Hand ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E8HZ-6E055-AM ≥ Bracket ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E8HZ-6E055-AN ≥ Bracket ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ 58636-S2 ≥ Bolt (Package of 20) ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ 34987-S2 ≥ Nut (Package of 4) ≥ S ≥ ≥ 44877-S2 ≥ Flatwasher (Package of 10) ≥ BR ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥

Page 87: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

≥ 881908A ≥ ≥ 0.3 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 6776 ≥ 56 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 88: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-20, Publication Date: SEPTEMBER 28, 1988

LIGHT TRUCK:1988 AEROSTAR

ISSUE:The outside electric mirror control switch has been rotated 90 degrees clockwise so that the operation of the switch is more representative of the mirror glass movement, Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-20-12

ACTION:No service action is required.

NOTE:DO NOT TRY TO REPOSITION SWITCH.

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

Page 89: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-20, Publication Date: SEPTEMBER 28, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 LL-LTL, CL/CLT 9000 SERIES

ISSUE:An improved method for mounting the "Anchorlok" air dryer has been developed to allow better water drainage from the dryer. The new mounting method uses two (2) 1/2" spacers on the inboard side of the dryer mounting bracket to tilt the dryer toward the moisture ejector end.

ACTION:To improve moisture ejection from the "Anchorlok" air dryer, install two 1/2 inch spacers on the inboard side of the dryer mounting bracket, Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-20-14

NOTE:THERE ARE NO PLUMBING CHANGES.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 384543-S8 ≥ Spacer (2 Required) ≥ S ≥

Page 90: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

≥ 58637-S2 ≥ Bolt (2 Required) ≥ RM ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882014A ≥ ≥ 0.3 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 2063 ≥ 36 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 91: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-20, Publication Date: SEPTEMBER 28, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1983-88 F, B, C, L-SERIES

ISSUE:A "rattling" noise from the front disc brake calipers may be caused by too much clearance between the calipers and torque plates. Worn torque plates allow the calipers to move and produce the "rattling" noise.

ACTION:Install a shim between each caliper and torque plate. Refer to the following Shim Kit application chart for the correct service part number. The installation instructions are included inside the Shim Kits.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ MODEL YEAR ≥ CALIPER PISTON ≥ SERVICE PART ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ NUMBER ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 1983-88 ≥ 2.50 inches ≥ E8HZ-2K120-A ≥ ≥ 1983-86 ≥ 2.88 inches ≥ E6HZ-2K120-A ≥ ≥ 1987-88 ≥ 2.88 inches ≥ E8HZ-2K120-B ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E8HZ-2K120-A ≥ Shim Kit ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E6HZ-2K120-A ≥ Shim Kit ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E8HZ-2K120-B ≥ Shim Kit ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882015A ≥ One Side ≥ 1.0 Hr. ≥ ≥ 882015B ≥ Both Sides ≥ 1.6 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 2B120 ≥ 56 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 92: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

TSB Article 88-20-16 has been superseded by Article 89-4-14.

Page 93: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

TSB Article 88-20-16 has been superseded by Article 89-4-14.

Page 94: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-20, Publication Date: SEPTEMBER 28, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 CARGO

ISSUE:An anti-foaming agent used in Brazilian produced antifreeze or the location of the coolant supply tank vent hoses may cause the antifreeze to foam.

ACTION:Drain and flush the cooling system and relocate the coolant supply tank vent hoses. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Drain and flush the entire cooling system (including the heater core).

2. Refill the cooling system with new 50% water and 50% approved anti-freeze.

3. On 1988 model year Cargos, replace the coolant conditioner filter with Ford Coolant Conditioner Filter (E7HZ-8A424-A) that contains six (6) DCA units of conditioner. Refer to TSB «88-5-16» dated March 2, 1988.

4. Make sure the engine vent hose is connected to the upper supply tank nipple as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-20-17

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E7HZ-8A424-A ≥ Ford Coolant Conditioner Filter ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 95: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES:

≤ 88-5-16

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882017A ≥ ≥ 0.7 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 8005 ≥ 53 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 96: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-20, Publication Date: SEPTEMBER 28, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 L-SERIES

ISSUE:Mounting bolts for the "Ad-Tech" radiator cooling module that eventually loosen may be caused by the length of the bolts. The existing bolts may be too short to adequately secure the cooling module to the radiator crossmember.

ACTION:Install new longer mounting bolts along with new flat washers. Torque the bolts to 55-75 lb-ft ( 75-102 N-m), Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-20-18

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 58684-S2 ≥ Bolt - Package of 2 ≥ S ≥ ≥ 44879-S2 ≥ Flatwasher - Package of 10 ≥ BG ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

Page 97: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882018A ≥ ≥ 0.4 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 8005 ≥ 33 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 98: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-20, Publication Date: SEPTEMBER 28, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1987-88 F, B, L-SERIES

ISSUE:A mis-routed hand throttle cable may contact one of the engine fuel lines. The hand throttle cable's abrasive exterior sheathing may contact the metal fuel line which eventually could lead to fuel line wear and leakage.

ACTION:Properly route and secure the hand throttle cable. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Make sure the correct hand throttle has been installed by using the following hand throttle cable application chart and part number tag on the cable. If the incorrect hand throttle cable has been installed, replace it with the correct one.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ HAND THROTTLE CABLE PART ≥ ≥ NUMBERS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ TRUCK SERIES ≥ ENGINEERING ≥ ≥ ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ F ≥ E7HT-9775-AA ≥ ≥ B & F COWL ≥ E7HT-9775-EA ≥ ≥ L & LN ≥ E7HT-9775-BA ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

2. Route the cable as shown in Figure 1 and secure it as follows:

Page 99: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-20-19

LN Models Only:

a. Route the cable from the grommet in the dash panel to the road draft tube and strap it to the draft tube.

All Models:

b. Route the cable to the engine lifting eye and strap it there.

c. Route the cable over the engine intake manifold in front of oil dipstick support bracket and to the rear of the air-to-air intake tube if so equipped.

d. With the hand throttle pull-out knob pushed all the way in, insert the cable wire into the holding block. (One inch of wire is to go through the block. Leave .125 in. between the hand throttle lever and pump shaft lever.) Tighten set screw.

e. Clamp conduit into the conduit bracket (item #3).

f. Strap the conduit to the dipstick support bracket, one inch from the bend.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥

Page 100: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

√ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E7HZ-9775-A ≥ Hand Throttle Cable ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-9775-C ≥ Hand Throttle Cable ≥ CQ ≥ ≥ E7HZ-9775-B ≥ Hand Throttle Cable ≥ CQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882019A ≥ ≥ 0.6 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 9775 ≥ 43 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 101: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-20, Publication Date: SEPTEMBER 28, 1988

LIGHT TRUCK:1979-87 E AND F SERIES

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1979-88 F, B, C-SERIES

ISSUE:Poor performance, spark knock and exhaust backfire may be caused by a burned out or blown out EGR spacer-to-intake manifold gasket. The damaged gasket causes exhaust gas and intake manifold vacuum leaks which results in one or all of the above driveability conditions.

ACTION:Install a new EGR spacer-to-intake manifold gasket that has long life durability under high heat conditions. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Remove the air cleaner.

2. Remove the throttle rod from the throttle lever on 6.1L and 7.0L engines or the throttle cable on 7.5L engines.

3. Disconnect the choke control cable on 6.1L and 7.0L engines only.

4. Disconnect the hand throttle control cable on 6.1L and 7.0L engines only.

5. Disconnect and label the vacuum hoses for the distributor and EGR valve. Also disconnect the vacuum hose at the governor on 6.1L and 7.0L engines only.

6. Disconnect the PCV hose.

7. Disconnect the carburetor fuel line.

8. Disconnect the governor electrical connector on 6.1L and 7.0L engines only.

9. Remove the carburetor retaining nuts and lock washers.

10. Remove the carburetor and EGR spacer from the intake manifold.

11. Remove the EGR spacer-to-intake manifold gasket and the carburetor-to-EGR spacer gasket and throw them away, Figure 1.

Page 102: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-20-20

12. Thoroughly clean gasket mating surfaces and install a new service EGR spacer-to-intake manifold gasket, (E8TZ-9447-A) and carburetor-to-EGR spacer gasket, (E5HZ-9C477-B).

13. Reverse Steps 1 through 11 for assembly.

14. Adjust the engine idle speed.

15. Adjust the primary and secondary fuel levels and idle fuel mixture.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E8TZ-9447-A ≥ EGR Spacer-to-Intake Gasket ≥ B ≥ ≥ E5HZ-9C477-B ≥ Carburetor-to-EGR Spacer Gasket ≥ AM ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Emissions Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882020A ≥ ≥ 1.1 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

Page 103: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 9447 ≥ 74 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 104: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-21, Publication Date: OCTOBER 12, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior F, B, L-SERIES

ISSUE:A new fan bracket and pulley assembly with greasable bearings is now available for improved fan hub durability.

ACTION:In the event service is required for the fan assembly, install a new fan bracket and pulley assembly with greasable bearings for improved service life. Refer to the following application chart for correct part usage.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ FAN BRACKET AND PULLEY ≥ ≥ ASSEMBLY APPLICATION CHART ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ ENGINE ≥ SERVICE PART ≥ ≥ APPLICATION ≥ NUMBER ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ Cat 3208-T ≥ E8HZ-8625-D ≥ ≥ Cat 3208-NA ≥ E8HZ-8625-C ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

NOTE:AFTER INSTALLATION, LUBRICATE THE FAN BRACKET AND PULLEY ASSEMBLY UNTIL GREASE SEEPS FROM THE REAR SEAL.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E8HZ-8625-D ≥ Fan Bracket and Pulley Assembly ≥ BQ ≥ ≥ E8HZ-8625-C ≥ Fan Bracket and Pulley Assembly ≥ BQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

SUPERSEDES: 86-19-20

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882110A ≥ ≥ 1.2 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥

Page 105: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

≥ 8625 ≥ 30 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OASIS CODES: 4300, 4400

Page 106: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-22, Publication Date: OCTOBER 26, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1986-88 L-SERIES

ISSUE:Fractures at the inside mounting bosses of the surge tank may be caused by metal that fatigues and cannot withstand the torque of the surge tank insert bolts.

ACTION:Install a new surge tank with reinforced mounting bosses. The new surge tank is interchangeable with the old surge tank, except for the mounting bolts. Use three new 5/16-18 x .75 bolts to mount the new surge tank, Figure 1. Torque the bolts to 12-18 lb-ft (17-24 N-m).

Figure 1 - Article 88-22-9

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E9HZ-8A080-B ≥ Tank Assembly - Radiator Supply ≥ ZQ ≥ ≥ 56520-S2 ≥ Bolts ≥ SG ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882209A ≥ ≥ 0.5 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

Page 107: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 8A080 ≥ 01 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OASIS CODES: 4300, 4301

Page 108: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-23, Publication Date: NOVEMBER 9, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 CARGO

ISSUE:Power steering fluid may leak at the 3/4" - 16 adaptor assembly connecting the power steering line to the C-500 power steering gear pressure port, or the 3/4" - 16 nipple assembly connecting the power steering return hose to the steering gear return port. The leakage is caused by an undersized "O" ring.

ACTION:Inspect for fluid leakage to determine if a new larger "O" ring is required. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Inspect the power steering gear at the pressure line adaptor fitting and the return hose nipple fitting for fluid leaks.

2. Remove the leaking fitting(s) and install the correct size "O" ring (86483-S95) in place of the existing one.

3. Fitting Leaks:

a. Adaptor Fitting Leaks: Reinstall the adaptor fitting into the power steering pressure line and the power steering gear pressure port. Tighten to 37-50 lb.-in. (4.18-5.65 N-m).

b. Nipple Fitting Leaks: Reinstall the nipple fitting into the power steering gear return port. Tighten to 37-50 lb.-in. (4.18-5.65 N-m). Connect nipple fitting to power steering return hose and tighten hose clamp to 9-13 lb.-in. (1.02-1.49 N-m).

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 86483-S95 ≥ "O" Ring - Package of 6 ≥ S ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882317A ≥ ≥ 0.7 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø

Page 109: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 3A674 ≥ 48 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OASIS CODES: 3100, 3500, 3520

Page 110: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-24, Publication Date: NOVEMBER 23, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1987 L-SERIES

This article is being republished in its entirety to correct the service procedure. The original article, TSB 88-15-12, omitted Step 9 from the service procedure.

ISSUE:The instrument panel relay may be overloaded by excessive current draw.

ACTION:Install a second relay and jumper wire assembly. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Locate instrument panel relay, Figure 1.

Figure 1 - Article 88-24-9

2. Check to make sure that the existing instrument panel relay has not been damaged.

3. Locate the black with green stripe wire on the instrument panel relay, Figure 1. This is the 297 circuit.

4. Remove the female terminal of the black with green stripe wire from the connector block of the relay.

5. Connect the black with green stripe wire (circuit 297) female terminal to the jumper wire assembly (E8HZ-14K067-X) male terminal and secure the connection with heat shrink tubing, Figure 1.

Page 111: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

6. Plug the female terminal of the jumper wire assembly (E8HZ-14K067-X) into the connector block of the relay where the black with green stripe wire was removed in Step 3, Figure 1.

7. Connect circuit 71 of the jumper wire assembly (E8HZ-14K067-X) to the circuit breaker panel, Figure 2.

Figure 2 - Article 88-24-9

8. Install the second relay (D5TZ-2C013-A) as shown in Figure 3.

Page 112: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 3 - Article 88-24-9

9. Connect the starter relay to the E8HZ-14K067-X jumper wire assembly.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ D5TZ-2C013-A ≥ Relay ≥ AM ≥ ≥ E8HZ-14K067-X ≥ Jumper Wire Assembly ≥ CQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

SUPERSEDES: 88-15-12

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882409A ≥ ≥ 3.2 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 14677 ≥ 11 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OASIS CODES: 2100, 2150, 2700, 2900

Page 113: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-24, Publication Date: NOVEMBER 23, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1987-89 F, CF, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Some Ford heavy truck drivelines are designed to use "out-of-phase" driveshafts to meet design standards for torsional acceleration. Previously, production drivelines have used "in-phase" driveshafts (having parallel yokes) almost exclusively to simplify driveline design, assembly and service.

ACTION:If driveline service is required, the original yoke phasing should stay the same to minimize driveline NVH. Use one of the following methods to make sure of correct yoke phasing.

� Make sure the replacement part has the same Spicer part number as the original. The part number is shown on the blue and white plastic label on the shaft.

� Cross-reference the affected Ford Engineering part numbers (shown on the same shaft label and included on the production broadcast sheet provided with each vehicle) with the Dana Spicer part numbers, yoke sizes and representative applications shown in the following application chart.

Page 114: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-24-10

Page 115: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 2 - Article 88-24-10

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

OASIS CODES: 3200, 5950, 7210

Page 116: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-25, Publication Date: DECEMBER 8, 1988

FORD:1974-88 ALL

LINCOLN-MERCURY:1974-88 ALL

LIGHT TRUCK:1974-88 ALL

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1974-88 ALL

ISSUE:The safety belt tongue cover is now available for service. It is no longer necessary to replace the entire safety belt assembly in the event a buckle and tongue cover requires service.

ACTION:No corrective action is required. Refer to the following application chart for the correct service part number.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ SAFETY BELT TONGUE COVER APPLICATION CHART ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ MODEL YEAR ≥ VEHICLE ≥ SERVICE PART NO. ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 1986-88 ≥ Taurus/Sable ≥ E7DZ-54612A64-A ≥ ≥ 1974-88 ≥ All Other Vehicles ≥ E7FZ-61612A64-A ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

NOTE:THE SAFETY BELT TONGUE COVERS ARE SERVICED IN A NEUTRAL COLOR AND MUST BE PAINTED TO MATCH.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E7DZ-54612A64-A ≥ Safety Belt Tongue Cover Package of 4 ≥ BM ≥ ≥ E7FZ-61612A64-A ≥ Safety Belt Tongue Cover Package of 4 ≥ B ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

OASIS CODES: 1050, 1051, 1800

Page 117: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-26, Publication Date: DECEMBER 21, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1985-88 F, B, C, L-SERIES

ISSUE:Engine exhaust backfire on 1985-88 Medium/Heavy Trucks with dual air pumps may be caused by incomplete burning of fuel in the combustion chambers and exhaust manifolds. A complete list of components and systems that may require attention are listed in both quick reference format and detailed service procedure.

ACTION:Make sure the components and systems are operating within Ford specification. Refer to either the quick reference guide or detailed service procedure for a complete list of areas of concern.

NOTE:BEFORE INSTALLING THE NEW ANTI-BACKFIRE SERVICE KIT, MAKE SURE THE VEHICLE COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS ARE OPERATING WITHIN FORD SPECIFICATION. INSTALLING THE ANTI-BACKFIRE KIT ON A VEHICLE OPERATING OUTSIDE OF SPECIFICATION WILL NOT RESOLVE AN ENGINE EXHAUST BACKFIRE CONCERN.

QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE

1. Check the spark plug wire boots for cracks or looseness, service as required.

2. Make sure the spark plug heat shields have 1/4" clearance between the spark plug boots and shield. Adjust the clearance by carefully bending the heat shields.

3. Replace carbon or oil fouled spark plugs.

4. Replace cracked or side worn accessory drive belts and worn (soft) hoses as required.

5. Repair any fluid leaks as required.

6. Make sure the engine timing is within specification. The initial timing (BTDC) should be checked with the engine operating at a maximum of 800 engine RPM. The total advanced timing includes the initial timing setting and should be checked with the engine operating at a 2500 engine RPM. Refer to the following engine/distributor charts for the proper operating specifications.

Page 118: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-26-15

7. With the engine running, check the function of the thermactor system by positioning the throttle to the wide open position and releasing it while checking for air discharge from the bypass and divertor valves.

8. Inspect the thermactor check valves upstream for exhaust gas leaks. If leaks are found, install new valves, (E8TZ-9A487-B MALE/E9VZ-9A487-A FEMALE).

9. Using a "TEE" fitting, connect a fuel pressure gauge and check pressure regulator setting. Specification is 2.75-3.25 psi at curb idle.

10. Make sure the primary and secondary fuel levels are at the bottom of the sight plugs.

11. Make sure the accelerator pump is functioning. Look for an instant pump shot to booster venturi.

12. Make sure the choke cable and choke plate function properly.

13. Make sure the choke plate pulldown is to specification. .220" minimum at full choke measured at the lower edge of choke plate to the airhorn with .220" rod.

NOTE:DO NOT ADJUST CARBURETOR SETTINGS AT THIS TIME.

DETAILED SERVICE PROCEDURE

The following is a detailed service procedure that expands the information contained in the Quick Reference Guide.

NOTE:THE FOLLOWING SERVICE MANUALS ARE NECESSARY TO PERFORM THE STEPS DESCRIBED BELOW:

� MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK SHOP MANUAL, VOLUME E.

� ENGINE/EMISSION DIAGNOSIS MANUAL, VOLUME H.

� MEDIUM/HEAVY ENGINE/EMISSION CONTROLS TECHNICIANS REFERENCE MANUAL.

Page 119: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 2 - Article 88-26-15

Page 120: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 3 - Article 88-26-15

Page 121: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 4 - Article 88-26-15

Page 122: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 5 - Article 88-26-15

Figure 6 - Article 88-26-15

Page 123: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 7 - Article 88-26-15

Page 124: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 8 - Article 88-26-15

Figure 9 - Article 88-26-15

Page 125: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 10 - Article 88-26-15

Figure 11 - Article 88-26-15

Figure 12 - Article 88-26-15

Page 126: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 13 - Article 88-26-15

Figure 14 - Article 88-26-15

Page 127: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 15 - Article 88-26-15

"ANTI BACKFIRE" INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

CARBURETOR REMOVAL

1. Remove the air cleaner from the vehicle.

2. Remove the fuel line at the carburetor fuel filter housing, Figure 16.

Figure 16 - Article 88-26-15

3. Remove the throttle return springs and the throttle rod from the throttle lever.

4. Disconnect the choke control cable , the bowl vent hoses, the PCV, EGR and distributor vacuum lines.

5. Disconnect the governor throttle control vacuum line and governor electrical connector.

6. Remove the carburetor retaining nuts and ground wire connectors, if equipped.

Page 128: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

7. Remove the carburetor from the intake manifold.

8. Remove the EGR spacer from the intake manifold.

9. Clean the gasket material off the intake manifold and EGR spacer.

10. Cover the intake manifold where the carburetor mounts to make sure debris does not enter the intake manifold.

IDLE MIXTURE SCREW ADJUSTMENT

1. Remove the idle mixture screw tamper resistant plugs as follows:

a. Turn the carburetor upside down.

b. With a prick punch, center punch the carburetor throttle body about 5/16" from the front edge of each idle mixture screw cavity as shown in Figure 17.

Figure 17 - Article 88-26-15

c. Using a 1/8" drill bit, drill about 1/16" deep.

d. Position the drill so the bit is on an angle (about 60 degrees) pointing toward the front edge of the idle screw cavity and continue to drill until the bit contacts the tamper resistant plug.

Page 129: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

e. Insert a 1/8" diameter punch into the drilled hole and gently tap out the tamper resistant plug from the cavity.

2. Using a 3/32" allen wrench, turn the idle mixture screws clockwise until fully seated.

3. Set the idle mixture screws by turning them 1 1/8 turns counterclockwise.

SECONDARY METERING BLOCK INSTALLATION (4V ONLY)

NOTE:USE SERVICE PARTS IN PACKAGE "D" TO COMPLETE THIS SECTION.

1. Remove the four (4) screws that hold the secondary float bowl and metering block to the carburetor body, Figure 18.

Figure 18 - Article 88-26-15

2. Remove the secondary fuel bowl.

3. Remove and throw away the secondary metering block.

4. Remove the fuel line transfer tube.

5. Clean the gasket material from the carburetor body, fuel bowl mating surfaces and remove the "O" rings for the fuel transfer tube from both fuel bowls.

CAUTION:DO NOT DAMAGE THE GASKET SEALING SURFACES WHEN CLEANING THE GASKET RESIDUE. MAKE SURE TO CLEAN ALL SECONDARY AIR AND FUEL PASSAGES WITH COMPRESSED AIR.

6. Install four (4) new compression gaskets on the secondary float bowl mounting screws.

7. Apply petroleum jelly on the two (2) new fuel line transfer tube "O" rings and position the "O" rings

Page 130: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

on the fuel line transfer tube against the flanges.

8. Position the metering block gasket on the dowels located on the back of the new metering block.

9. Position the metering block and gasket on the carburetor body.

10. Position the new fuel bowl gasket on the metering block.

11. Insert the fuel line transfer tube into the primary fuel bowl.

12. Install the secondary fuel bowl on the metering block while guiding the fuel transfer tube into place.

13. Install the four (4) screws that hold the secondary fuel bowl to the carburetor body. Tighten to a torque of 50-60 lb.-in. (5-6 N-m). Make sure to alternate from one screw to another when tightening.

NOTE:SET THE REMAINING PIECES OF PACKAGE "D" ASIDE FOR USE LATER. THE REMAINING PIECES OF PACKAGE "D" ARE REQUIRED TO REINSTALL THE CARBURETOR.

SOLEPOT CHANGE

NOTE:USE SERVICE PARTS IN PACKAGE "A" TO COMPLETE THIS SECTION.

Replace the solepot diaphragm and rod assembly on 2V carbureted units with Holley part # 58R-387A. Use Holley part # 58R-388A on 4V carbureted units. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

1. Remove and throw away the nylon tip on the solepot rod, Figure 19.

Figure 19 - Article 88-26-15

2. Remove the spring.

Page 131: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

3. Remove the large "C" ring, spring retaining cup and felt washer from the solepot.

4. Loosen and pull back the rubber dust cover from the diaphragm end of the solepot.

5. Remove the diaphragm and rod assembly from the solenoid and bracket assembly.

6. Install a new small "C" ring on the new diaphragm and rod assembly and insert the new diaphragm and rod assembly into the solepot housing.

7. Install the rubber dust cover over the edge of the solepot diaphragm.

8. Install the felt washer and spring retainer cup on the solepot rod.

9. Install the new large "C" ring on the solepot rod housing.

10. Install the spring with the large end seated in the retainer cup.

11. Install the new nylon tip on the solepot rod.

NOTE:MAKE SURE THE SPRING IS CENTERED OVER THE SMALL DIAMETER PORTION OF THE NYLON TIP.

12. ON 4V ONLY, install a new idle adjusting screw spring on the throttle lever, Figure 16.

GULP VALVE INSTALLATION

NOTE:USE SERVICE PARTS IN PACKAGE "B" TO COMPLETE THIS SECTION.

1. Remove and throw away the PCV line that is between the "F" fitting at the top of the PCV valve and carburetor base on 4V units or EGR spacer on 2V units.

2. Install the new PCV line with the "T" fitting pointing upward. Make sure the line to the gulp valve is routed over the governor on the right hand side of the carburetor, Figure 20.

Page 132: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 20 - Article 88-26-15

3. Remove and throw away the thermactor air supply hose that is between the right air pump and rear air bypass valve.

4. Install and clamp the new longer piece of hose on the air pump.

5. Install and clamp the new shorter "S" shaped piece of hose on the rear air bypass valve.

6. Install and clamp the new gulp valve between the two (2) pieces of hose installed in Steps 4 and 5. Make sure the 3/8" nipple and vacuum signal nipple are pointed up in the vertical position with the diaphragm cover located to the outboard side of the engine.

7. Install the 3/8" line that was installed in Step 2 to the 3/8" nipple on the gulp valve.

PVS VALVE INSTALLATION

NOTE:USE SERVICE PARTS IN PACKAGE "C" TO COMPLETE THIS SECTION.

WARNING:MAKE SURE THE ENGINE HAS COOLED DOWN BEFORE CONTINUING WITH THIS PROCEDURE.

1. Relieve the pressure from the cooling system by slowly loosening the radiator cap.

2. Partially drain the radiator. Make sure you save the coolant for refilling.

3. Install the PVS valve by following one of the four (4) methods below.

METHOD A (4V CARBURETED UNIT WITHOUT AIR BRAKES)-FIGURE 21

Page 133: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 21 - Article 88-26-15

1. Remove the plug at the right rear of the thermostat housing gooseneck.

2. Using Rotunda Tool T81P-8564-A, install the three (3) port PVS valve in the thermostat gooseneck housing from which the plug was removed.

3. Tighten the PVS valve. Make sure the vacuum port connectors are pointing toward the carburetor.

4. Remove the vacuum cap from the top of the air bypass valve, Figure 22.

Page 134: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 22 - Article 88-26-15

5. Using a one (1) inch piece of 7/32" vacuum hose, install the micro filter on the top of the air bypass valve from which the vacuum cap was removed.

METHOD B (4V CARBURETED UNIT WITH AIR BRAKES)-FIGURE 23

Page 135: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 23 - Article 88-26-15

1. Remove the air brake compressor coolant line from the right rear of the thermostat housing gooseneck.

2. Install the standpipe into the hole from which the coolant line was removed.

3. Tighten the standpipe. Make sure the hole in the side of the standpipe is pointing toward the carburetor.

4. Install the PVS valve into the hole in the side of the standpipe. Make sure the vacuum connectors are pointing toward the distributor.

5. Reinstall the air brake compressor coolant line removed in Step 1 into the top hole of the standpipe.

6. Remove the vacuum cap from the top of the air bypass valve, Figure 22.

7. Using a one (1) inch piece of 7/32" vacuum hose, install the micro filter on the top of the air bypass valve from which the vacuum cap was removed, Figure 24.

Page 136: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 24 - Article 88-26-15

METHOD C-2V CARBURETED UNIT WITHOUT AIR BRAKES-FIGURE 21

1. Remove and throw away the thermactor idle vacuum valve and connected vacuum lines.

2. Remove the 1 1/2" vacuum line with the red tracer from between the bottom port of the existing PVS valve and the "T" in the vacuum harness.

3. Install a vacuum cap on the "T" from which the line was removed.

4. Remove and throw away the existing standpipe and PVS valve.

5. Install the new PVS valve in the hole from which the standpipe was removed in Step 4. Make sure the vacuum connectors on the PVS valve are pointing toward the carburetor.

6. Using a one (1) inch piece of 7/32" vacuum hose, install the micro filter on the top of the air bypass valve from which the vacuum line was removed in Step 1, Figure 24.

METHOD D-2V UNIT WITH AIR BRAKES-FIGURE 23

1. Remove the 1 1/2" vacuum line with the red tracer from between the bottom port of the existing PVS valve and the "T" in the vacuum harness.

2. Remove and throw away the existing PVS valve and the thermactor idle vacuum valve and connected vacuum lines.

3. Install a vacuum cap on the "T" from which the vacuum line was removed in Step 2.

4. Install the new PVS valve in the standpipe. Make sure the vacuum connectors on the PVS valve are pointing toward the distributor.

5.Using a one (1) inch piece of 7/32" vacuum hose, install the micro filter on the top of the air bypass valve from which the vacuum line was removed in Step 2, Figure 24.

Page 137: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

4. Refill the cooling system with the coolant removed in Step 1.

GULP VALVE VACUUM CONNECTIONS

1. Disconnect the vacuum line to the air bypass valves from the intake manifold vacuum tree.

2. Install the molded rubber block and vacuum harness assembly on the PVS valve vacuum connectors, Figures 21 and 25.

3. Attach the harness vacuum lines as follows:

a. long vacuum line with "no tracer" to the signal nipple on the gulp valve.

b. vacuum line with the "red tracer" to the intake manifold vacuum tree.

c. vacuum line with the "pink tracer" to the air bypass valve from which the vacuum line from Step 1 was removed.

NOTE:ON A/C EQUIPPED UNITS MAKE SURE THE MANIFOLD VACUUM LINE TO THE A/C SYSTEM IS CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO THE VACUUM RESERVOIR SYSTEM.

SPARK PLUG INSTALLATION

1. Make sure a 1/4" of clearance exists between the spark plug wire boots and heat shield.

2. Remove the existing spark plugs.

3. Set the gap on the eight (8) new spark plugs to .050".

4. Install the new spark plugs.

NOTE:MAKE SURE THE SPARK PLUG WIRES AND BOOTS ARE IN GOOD CONDITION.

CARBURETOR INSTALLATION

NOTE:USE THE PIECES LEFT IN PACKAGE "D" TO COMPLETE THIS SECTION.

1. Install a new EGR spacer to intake manifold gasket.

2. Position the EGR spacer on top of the intake manifold. On 4V carburetor units, connect the PCV line to the EGR spacer and EGR valve vacuum line.

3. Install a new carburetor base gasket on top of the EGR spacer.

4. Position the carburetor on the intake manifold.

5. Connect and hand tighten the carburetor fuel inlet line.

6. Install the four (4) carburetor retaining nuts. Tighten the nuts to 17-20 lb.ft (19-22 N-m).

7. Connect the throttle rod and return springs to the throttle lever.

8. Connect the choke control cable.

NOTE:

Page 138: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

MAKE SURE THE END OF THE CHOKE CABLE IS BENT OUTWARD TO PREVENT IT FROM HANGING UP ON THE BOTTOM OF THE AIR CLEANER OR GOVERNOR DIAPHRAGM HOUSING.

9. Connect the hand throttle control cable, the distributor vacuum line, EGR vacuum line (2V carbureted units) and governor vacuum line.

10. Tighten the carburetor fuel inlet line.

11. Connect the bowl vent hoses and PCV line on 2V carbureted units.

12. Connect the governor electrical connector and solepot electrical connector.

CARBURETOR SPEED SETTINGS

1. With the vehicle in neutral and the parking brake engaged, start the engine and bring it up to operating temperature.

2. Connect a tachometer, Rotunda Model 055-00101.

3. Disconnect the fuel evaporative purge hose from the "F" fitting on top of the PCV valve.

4. Connect propane enrichment tool hose to the "F" fitting on the top of the PCV valve.

5. Position the crankcase vent hose to the side under the hood.

6. Remove the PCV valve from the grommet. Keep the PCV valve upright and allow it to take in underhood air.

7. Run the engine at 2500 RPM for about 15 seconds before each mixture check.

8. Set the engine idle speed to 800 RPM in neutral.

NOTE:ALL ADJUSTMENTS SHOULD BE MADE WITH THE VEHICLE IN NEUTRAL ONLY.

9. With the propane cartridge in the upright position, slowly open the propane tool valve and watch for engine speed gain on the tachometer. When the engine speed reaches a maximum and then begins to drop off, note the amount of speed gain.

10. The specified speed gain is 100-120 RPM. Compare the measured speed gain the specified speed gain to determine what action to take.

a. If the measured speed gain is higher than the specified speed gain, turn the idle mixture screws counter-clockwise in 1/8 increments until the measured speed gain is in the 100-120 RPM specified speed gain.

b. If the measured speed gain is lower than the specified speed gain, turn the idle mixture screws clockwise in 1/8 increments until the measured speed gain is in the 100-120 RPM specified speed gain.

11. Remove the propane enrichment tool.

12. Reconnect the fuel evaporative purge hose to the "F" fitting on top of the PCV valve.

13. Reinstall the PCV valve into the grommet.

14. Set the curb idle speed to 850-875 RPM in neutral.

Page 139: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

15. Install the tamper resistant plugs into the carburetor throttle body.

16. Disconnect the electrical connector at the carburetor solepot and set the kill idle speed to 550 RPM. Make sure the throttle plates are not sticking in the carburetor bores.

17. Reconnect the electrical connector at the carburetor solepot.

18. Reinstall the air cleaner. Make sure the hot air duct is in place.

19. Road test the vehicle to make sure of proper operation.

NOTE:THE IDLE SPEED MAY BE 50-100 RPM HIGHER AFTER THE EVAPORATIVE PURGE HOSE IS RECONNECTED. THIS CONDITION SHOULD STABILIZE AFTER THE VEHICLE HAS BEEN ROAD TESTED. IF THE IDLE SPEED IS STILL HIGH AFTER THE ROAD TEST, RESET IT TO 850-875 RPM.

AUTHORIZED MODIFICATION DECAL REQUIRED

Obtain an Authorized Modifications Decal and list the date, dealer number, and summary of alterations performed. Select a prominent place adjacent to the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal suitable for installing the Authorized Modifications Decal. Clean the area, install the decal, and cover it with a clear plastic decal shield.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E5HZ-9B298-A ≥ Anti-Backfire Kit ≥ BG ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES:

≤ 88-26-16

≤ 88-26-19

SUPERSEDES: 87-20-22

Page 140: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage, Emissions Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882615A ≥ Component Check and Install Anti ≥ 7.7 Hrs. ≥ ≥ ≥ -Backfire Kit ≥ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 9B298 ≥ 53 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OASIS CODES: 4400, 4500, 4600, 630600, 630602

Page 141: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-26, Publication Date: DECEMBER 21, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1985-89 F, B, C-SERIES

ISSUE:Hesitation during a light to moderate throttle "tip-in", spark knock or an engine exhaust backfire may be caused by exhaust gas and intake manifold vacuum leaking from a burned or blown out EGR spacer-to-intake manifold gasket.

ACTION:Install a new EGR spacer-to-intake manifold gasket that is thicker and has improved durability. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Remove the carburetor assembly. Refer to the appropriate model year Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual, Volume E, Section 24-12 for service details.

2. Remove the existing carburetor gasket and EGR spacer gasket.

3. Clean the gasket residue from the carburetor, EGR spacer and intake manifold.

4. Install a new EGR spacer gasket, (E9HZ-9447-A), between the spacer plate and the intake manifold.

5. Install a new carburetor gasket, (E5HZ-9C477-A), between the carburetor base and the EGR spacer plate.

6. Reinstall the carburetor assembly. Refer to the appropriate model year Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual, Volume E, Section 24-12 for service details.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E9HZ-9447-A ≥ EGR Spacer Gasket ≥ B ≥ ≥ E5HZ-9C477-A ≥ Carburetor Gasket ≥ B ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES:

≤ 88-26-15

≤ 88-26-19

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage, Emissions Warranty Coverage

Page 142: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882616A ≥ F & B Series ≥ 0.9 Hr. ≥ ≥ 882616A ≥ C-Series ≥ 0.8 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 9447 ≥ 74 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OASIS CODES: 630400, 630401, 630600, 630602, 631900, 632500

Page 143: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-26, Publication Date: DECEMBER 21, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1987-88 L, CL, CLT-SERIES

ISSUE:An "AD-TECH" radiator that leaks coolant from between the molded plastic tank and header may be caused by an "O"-ring gasket with an undersize cross section.

ACTION:Install a new "O"-ring gasket that has a larger cross section on each plastic radiator tank. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

Radiator Disassembly

1. Remove all attached components, including fan shroud, air conditioning condenser, transmission oil cooler, etc. from the "AD-TECH" radiator module.

2. Remove supporting structural pieces from the radiator, Figure 1.

Page 144: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 1 - Article 88-26-17

"O"-ring Gasket Removal

1. Position four header clamps and header support as shown in Figure 2.

Page 145: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 2 - Article 88-26-17

2. Hand tighten header clamps evenly until the locking strips become loose enough to be removed by hand or with the aid of a small screwdriver, Figure 3.

Page 146: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 3 - Article 88-26-17

NOTE:COMPLETELY SUPPORT THE HEADER TO PREVENT DISTORTION, FIGURE 2. IF THE HEADER BECOMES EXCESSIVELY DISTORTED, THE CORE MAY NEED TO BE REPLACED. THE HEADER MUST BE COMPLETELY SUPPORTED WITH A TOOL CONTRUCTED AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 4. A MANUAFACTURED TOOL, "HEADER FRAME AND J-CLAMPS" MAY BE PURCHASED FROM JOHNSON MANUFACTURING, P.O. BOX 96, PRINCETON, IOWA 52768. PHONE (319) 289-5123.

Page 147: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 4 - Article 88-26-17

3. Remove all locking strips and throw away.

4. Loosen and remove header clamps and header support.

5. Lift tank from core header.

6. Remove the "O"-ring seal from the header and throw away.

"O"-ring Gasket Installation

1. Inspect the sealing surface of the radiator core header to be sure it is clean and free of foreign material or damage.

2. Dip the new "O"-ring gasket contained in gasket/strip kit, (E8HZ-8C261-A) in fresh glycol and position it in the header groove.

3. Position the tank to the header using care not to scratch the tank sealing surfaces. Be sure the top and bottom of the tank is positioned properly.

4. Clamp the tank in position on the header with four header clamps and header support tool, Figure 2. Tighten the header clamps to compress the "O"-ring gasket until the new locking strips can be inserted by hand.

5. Insert new locking strips.

6. Loosen clamps evenly a few turns until the locking strips are partially held in place.

7. Check the locking strips to make sure of full engagement, Figure 5. If not fully engaged, tap the locking strips lightly, Figure 6.

Page 148: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

Figure 5 - Article 88-26-17

Figure 6 - Article 88-26-17

8. Remove the header clamps and header support tool from the header core.

Page 149: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

9. Check the locking strips again, Figure 5. If not fully engaged, tap the locking strips lightly, Figure 6.

10. Leak test the radiator at 16-18 psig.

Radiator Reassembly

1. Reattach supporting structural pieces to the radiator.

NOTE:TO PREVENT POTENTIAL DAMAGE, TORQUE RADIATOR AND SUPPORTING COMPONENTS AS SPECIFIED.

2. Apply Ford Threadlocker, (E2FZ-19554-B) to all threaded fasteners to prevent loosening.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ PART NUMBER ≥ PART NAME ≥ CLASS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ E2FZ-19554-B ≥ Thread Locking Adhesive ≥ R ≥ ≥ E8HZ-8C261-A ≥ Gasket Strip Kit ≥ ZQ ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES:

≤ 88-9-17

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882617A ≥ Both Sides - L-Series ≥ 3.9 Hrs. ≥ ≥ 882617A ≥ Both Sides - LTL-Series ≥ 4.6 Hrs. ≥ ≥ 882617A ≥ Both Sides - CL-Series ≥ 3.7 Hrs. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 8005 ≥ 47 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OASIS CODES: 4300, 4301

Page 150: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-26, Publication Date: DECEMBER 21, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1988 and prior F, B, C, L, CL-SERIES

ISSUE:Clutch pedal free play specifications released by "Spicer" in their service bulletin (#1323-SCD dated July 20, 1988) are incorrect. The correct clutch pedal free play specifications are contained in the appropriate model year Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual and the Vehicle Owner Guide.

ACTION:If service is required, refer to the appropriate model year Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual or vehicle Owner Guide for the correct clutch pedal free play specification. The 1988 model year clutch free play pedal specifications are listed below for reference.

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ CLUTCH PEDAL FREE PLAY SPECIFICATIONS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ TRUCK SERIES ≥ FREE PLAY SPECIFICATIONS ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 1988 L/N ≥ 1.9 - 2.5 in. ≥ ≥ 1988 F/B ≥ 1.3 - 1.9 in. ≥ ≥ 1988 C ≥ 1.5 - 2.1 in. ≥ ≥ 1988 CL (Hyd.) ≥ 1.8 - 2.4 in. (Suspended Cab) ≥ ≥ 1988 CL (Mech.) ≥ 1.4 - 2.0 in. (Fixed Cab) ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES: NONE

WARRANTY STATUS: INFORMATION ONLY

OASIS CODES: 5550, 5800

Page 151: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

88-26, Publication Date: DECEMBER 21, 1988

MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK:1985-89 F, B, C-SERIES

CALIBRATION:49 State and Canadian Vehicles

WARNING:THIS MODIFICATION IS AUTHORIZED ONLY FOR THE LISTED ENGINE. PERFORMING THIS MODIFICATION ON OTHER ENGINE CALIBRATIONS IS UNAUTHORIZED AND COULD CREATE LIABILITY UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR LOCAL LAWS.

ISSUE:Lack of power during acceleration while under load may be caused by the distributor assembly used on the 6.1L 2V gasoline engine. The distributor assembly, (engineering part no. E5HE-12127-BA), has a very limited range for centrifugal ignition timing advance.

ACTION:Reset the initial timing to 12 degrees BTDC on vehicles equipped with distributor assembly E5HE-12127-BA. Refer to the following procedure for service details.

SERVICE PROCEDURE

1. Make sure the 6.1L 2V gasoline engine is equipped with distributor assembly E5HE-12127-BA.

2. Reset the initial timing to 12 degrees BTDC. Refer to the appropriate model year Medium/Heavy Truck Shop Manual for service details.

NOTE:ON HIGH MILEAGE VEHICLES, IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO RETARD THE INITIAL TIMING FROM 12 DEGREES BTDC IN 2 DEGREE INCREMENTS TO AVOID SPARK KNOCK. DO NOT RETARD THE INITIAL TIMING TO MORE THAN 8 DEGREES BTDC WHICH IS THE PRODUCTION SETTING.

AUTHORIZED MODIFICATION DECAL REQUIRED

Obtain an Authorized Modifications Decal and list the date, dealer number, and summary of alterations performed. Select a prominent place adjacent to the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal suitable for installing the Authorized Modifications Decal. Clean the area, install the decal, and cover it with a clear plastic decal shield.

Page 152: Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 - DTNA eComponents › DTNAHardwareComponents › ...LABOR ALLOWANCE ... 88-1, Publication Date: JANUARY 8, 1988 MEDIUM/HEAVY TRUCK: 1986-88 B, F,

OTHER APPLICABLE ARTICLES:

≤ 88-26-15

≤ 88-26-16

WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Basic Warranty Coverage

LABOR ALLOWANCE

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ OPERATION ≥ DESCRIPTION ≥ TIME ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 882619A ≥ Reset Ignition Timing ≥ 1.0 Hr. ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

DEALER CODING

⁄ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¬ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒø ≥ BASIC PART NO. ≥ CONDITION CODE ≥ √ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ≈ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¥ ≥ 12127 ≥ 53 ≥ ¿ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ¡ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒƒŸ

OASIS CODES: 630400, 630401